Switches & Pilot Devices

Transcription

1 Selection Guide Miniature AP Series ø8-6mm A8 Series ø8mm ø6mm A E-Stops ø6mm B Series ø6mm Series ø6mm... 5 ømm W E-Stops ømm W Series ømm... 5 HW Series ømm TW Series ømm... 6 FB Series Enclosures ømm N E-Stops ømm TWTD Series ømm am Switches - S Series Mono-ever Switches - AN Switches Switching & ontrols Switches & Pilot Devices Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers Table of ontents ED Machine ighting - Pg. Automation & Sensing - Pg. 7 Safety - Pg. 55 Switching & ontrols - Pg. 449 Index - Pg. 9

2 Selection Guide Selection Guide Appearance Product Series Mounting Hole ontact ating ontact Mounting Function Page AP ø8mm, ømm, ømm, ø6mm N/A N/A Pilot light 45 A8 ø8mm A Unibody Pushbutton, Pilot ight 456 Signaling ights A 5A emovable/ Unibody E-Stop 46 A6 A Unibody Pushbutton, Pilot ight, Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop elays & Sockets ø6mm B A emovable Pushbutton, Pilot ight, Selector Switch, Key Switch A emovable Pushbutton, Pilot ight, Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop, Buzzer 5 Timers W 5A emovable E-Stop 55 ontactors W A emovable Pushbutton, Pilot light, selector switch, key selector 5 Terminal Blocks ømm HW A emovable TW A emovable Pushbutton, Pilot ight, Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop, Mono- ever Pushbutton, Pilot ight, Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop ircuit Breakers FB N/A N/A Enclosures

3 Selection Guide Selection Guide con t Appearance Product Series Mounting Hole ontact ating ontact Mounting Function Page N TWTD A emovable ømm 5A emovable E-Stop 654 Pushbutton, Pilot ight, Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop S A Unibody am Switch 69 AN A emovable Monoever 697 W Flush ø5mm, 5 x 5mm 5A emovable Pushbutton, Pilot ight, Selector Switch, Key Switch 66 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 45

4 Miniature ø8-6mm AP Series Signaling ights Key features: ong service life, low maintenance Space saving miniature style Dome or flat lens models Built-in current-limiting resistor Five illumination colors: red, green, amber, yellow, and white Transformer (V A and 4V A) and D-D onverter (V D) options on mm and 6mm units AP Series Miniature Pilot ights U ecognized File No. E55996 SA ertified File No. 45 * elays & Sockets Timers ontactors *AP8/AP series only. Specifications amp perational Voltage urrent atings perating Temp. perating Humidity Insul. esistance ev. Withstand Voltage Solder Terminal Degree of Protection Built-in ED with current limiting resistor 5, 6,, 4VD (full voltage), /, /4VA, (with transformer) VD (with converter) AP8: 5V D/9mA, V D/9mA, 4V D/9mA, V A/5mA, 4V A/5mA AP: 5V D/9mA, V D/9mA, 4V D/9mA, V A/5mA, 4V A/5mA AP: 6V D/mA, V D/mA, 4V D/mA AP6: 6V D/mA, V D/mA, 4V D/mA -º to +55º 45 to 85% H MΩ min. (5V D megger) Between live and dead parts AP/AP6: V AP/AP8: V Soldering 6º maximum (5 sec.) AP8: IP4 (dustproof) ther Series: IP65 (oiltight) Terminal Blocks ptional Adaptors/onverters Model Transformer D-D onverter Applicable Units AP & AP6 (with 6V ED only) perating Voltage /VA 5/6 Hz /4VA 5/6 Hz V D (9 to 4V D) Power onsumption.6 VA maximum W maximum Insulation Voltage 5 V A 4V D Insulation esistance MΩ min. (5V D megger) Between live and dead parts Dielectric Strength,V A, minute Between live/dead parts,v A, minute Between terminals,v A, minute Between live/dead parts,5v A, minute Between terminals Available as one piece only (replacement EDs are not available). ircuit Breakers 45

5 Miniature ø8-6mm AP Series AP Miniature Pilot ights - ø8 & ømm AP8 Series - Ø8mm AP Series - Ømm. In place of k, specify the color code.. For dimensions, see page For accessories, see page 454. Miniature Pilot ights ens perating Voltage s Dome Flat Dome Flat 5V D +/- 5% V A/D +/- % 4V A/D +/- % 5V D +/- 5% V A/D +/- % 4V A/D +/- % 5V D +/- 5% V A/D +/- % 4V A/D +/- % 5V D +/- 5% V A/D +/- % 4V A/D +/- % AP8M55-k AP8M-k AP8M-k AP8M55-k AP8M-k AP8M-k APM55-k APM-k APM-k APM55-k APM-k APM-k AP Miniature Pilot ights - ø & ø6mm ens perating Voltage s AP Series - Ømm AP6 Series - Ø6mm. In place of k, specify the color code.. For dimensions, see page For accessories, see page 454. Dome Flat Dome ptional Transformers and D-D onverters (for AP and AP6 only) Transformer D-D onverter Flat Voltage /V A /4V A V D (9 4V D). ptional Transformers and D-D converters snap onto the back of AP or AP6 pilot lights.. Transformers and D-D onverters step down to 6V.. For dimensions, see page V D +/- 5% V D +/- % 4V D +/- % 6V D +/- 5% V D +/- % 4V D +/- % 6V D +/- 5% V D +/- % 4V D +/- % 6V D +/- 5% V D +/- % 4V D +/- % APM66-k APM-k APM-k APM66-k APM-k APM-k AP6M66-k AP6M-k AP6M-k AP6M66-k AP6M-k AP6M-k s Used with AP Series Used with AP6 Series AP-6D AP-46D AP-6DD AP6-6D AP6-46D AP6-6DD k olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S* Warm White W ool White PW Yellow Y * Available in only the AP8 and AP series. k olor odes olor Amber Green ed Warm White Yellow ode A G W Y Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 45

6 Miniature ø8-6mm AP Series Signaling ights Accessories AP Series Item Appearance Description Used With Ø 6mm units MT- Made of metal. Used for tightening plastic locking ring ocking ing Ø mm units MT- during installation. Tightening torque should not exceed Wrench kgf-cm Ø mm units MT- Ø 8mm units MT-4 Mounting Hole Plug Transformer emoval Tool Made of rubber. Fills unused mounting holes to provide IP65 protection Unused 8mm panel cutouts Unused mm panel cutouts Unused mm panel cutouts Unused 6mm panel cutouts AP and AP6 snap on transformer and D-D converter A-B8 A-B A-B A-B6 MT- APM Flat APM--k APM Dome APM--k elays & Sockets eplacement enses enses (included with all units). APM Flat APM Dome AP6M Flat AP6M Dome APM--k APM--k AP6M--k AP6M--k. In place of k, specify the ens olor ode.. Internal ED is fixed and cannot be removed or replaced. Timers ontactors k ens olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S* White W Yellow Y *Blue available in AP8/AP series only. ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 454

7 Miniature ø8-6mm AP Series Pilot ights (AP Series) Panel ut-out Dimensions AP Series AP8 AP AP AP6 Flat Dome Flat Dome Flat Dome Ø.9 (+.8, ) 8.mm (+., ) Ø.98 (+.8, ).mm (+., ) w/ Adaptor or onverter Flat Dome w/ Adaptor or onverter Ø.48 (+.8, ).mm (+., ) Ø.68 (+.8, ) 6.mm (+., ) utside Dimension Ø.86 (9.8mm) Ø.47 (mm) Ø.55 (4mm).79 (8mm) Ø.79 (8mm).79 (8mm) AP6 Dome Flat ø8 ø8 ø5.6 ø When using the Transformer unit (When using the D-D converter unit) AP Dome Flat Panel Thickness:.8 to 6 mm ø ø ø - ø Gasket TP Panel Thickness:.8 to 6 mm Gasket Transformer unit (or D-D converter unit) ø Panel ut-out M terminal screw ø.. + Panel ut-out + Terminal 8 Terminal AP Dome ø4 Flat ø4 ø ø When using the Transformer unit (When using the D-D converter unit) AP8 Dome Flat Panel Thickness:.8 to 6 mm ø9.8 ø9.8 ø8 ø8 Gasket Panel Thickness:.8 to 6 mm Gasket TP Transformer unit (or D-D converter unit) ø Panel ut-out +. ø8. M terminal screw. 8 Panel ut-out + Terminal 8 Terminal Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 455

8 Miniature ø8mm A8 Series Signaling ights Key features: /64 (8mm) round mounting hole ompact Design Saves Space Bright and Vivid Illumination hoice of Shapes and Functions Gold lad Silver ontacts for reliable low level switching Snap action contacts IP4 (Dustproof) onstruction A8 Series Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices: 8mm ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets U isted File No. E55996 Specifications ED amp ife ontact onfiguration Maximum Voltage Thermal urrent ontact Material Terminal perating Temperature perating Humidity ontact esistance Insulation esistance Vibration esistance Shock esistance Electrical ife Mechanical ife Degree of Protection Soldering Temperature Dielectric Strength SA ertified File No. 45 5, hours approximately (reduced to half of original intensity) SPDT 5V A/D A Gold-clad Silver Solder Tab Terminal 5º to +55º (no freezing) 45 to 85% H 5mΩ maximum (initial value) MΩ minimum (5V D megger) 5 to 55Hz,.75mm amplitude Damage limits: 5m/sec (approx. 5G) perating extremes: m/sec (approx. G), operations minimum Maintained:, ( operations/hour) Momentary:, minimum IP4 Enclosed/Dustproof W/5 seconds or 6º/ seconds Switch Unit:,V A, min. between live/dead part and terminals of different poles;,v A, minute between terminals of the same pole;,5v A, minute between contact and lamp terminals. Illumination Unit:,V A, min. between live part/ground ontact atings perating Voltage 4V V 4V A esistive.a.5a 5/6Hz Inductive.7A.5A D esistive.a.a Inductive.7A.A. A Inductive oad, PF =.6.7; D Inductive oad, / = 7.. Minimum applicable load (reference value) is 5V A/D ma (applicable range is subject to the operating conditions and load)

9 Miniature ø8mm A8 Series Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons AB8 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) ontact Momentary s Maintained ound SPDT AB8M-M-j AB8M-A-j Square SPDT AB8Q-M-j AB8Q-A-j ectangular SPDT AB8H-M-j AB8H-A-j. In place of j, specify button color code from the table below.. For accessories, see page For dimensions, see page 46. j Button olor odes olor ode Black B Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 457

10 Miniature ø8mm A8 Series Illuminated Pushbuttons A8 Illuminated Pushbuttons & Pilot ights (Assembled) ontact Momentary s Maintained Pilot ight ound SPDT A8M-M-k A8M-A-k A8M-P-k Signaling ights elays & Sockets Square SPDT A8Q-M-k A8Q-A-k A8Q-P-k ectangular SPDT A8H-M-k A8H-A-k A8H-P-k. In place of k, specify lens color code from table on the right.. A replaceable ED lamp is included with the operator.. Because the ED lamp does not contain an internal current limiting resistor, an external resistor must be added. For recommended values, see table below. 4. For accessories, see page For dimensions, see page 46. k ED/ens olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed White W Yellow Y Timers eplacement EDs ED Voltage and ecommended urrent imiting esistor ens olor ED amp Voltage External esistor Amber Amber AD-SA 5V D 5Ω, /W Green Green AD-SG 6V D Ω, /W V D 5Ω, W ed ed AD-S 4V D.kΩ, W White Yellow* AD-SY Yellow Yellow AD-SY * White units use a white lens and a yellow ED. ontactors Terminal Blocks ED amp atings: ED Specifications ED amp Forward urrent I f Forward Voltage (Nominal) V f everse Voltage V r Amber ma.v 4V Green ma.v 4V ed ma.7v 4V Yellow ma.v 4V perating Voltage & External urrent imiting esistor (ecommended Value) 5V D: 5Ω, /W 6V D: Ω, /W V D: 5Ω, W 4V D:.kΩ, W When ED lamps are used at voltages other than those stated above, external resistor value,, is determined by the following formula: = (perating Voltage V f ) / I f ircuit Breakers 458

11 Miniature ø8mm A8 Series ocking ing Wrench ens emoval Tool amp Holder Tool Switch Guard Terminal over Adaptor Socket A-8 Mounting Hole Plug eplacements EDs eplacement enses eplacement Buttons Accessories Item Description Used With A-8V shown attached. In place of j, specify Button olor ode from the table.. In place of k, specify ens olor ode from table. Made of metal. Used for tightening plastic locking ring during installation. Tightening torque should not exceed kgf-cm All units MT-4 Made of metal. Used for removing lens or button from the housing Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights MT- Made of rubber. Used for removing and replacing ED lamps in illuminated units Used to avoid operating the pushbutton inadvertently. over flips open 9. Provides IP4 protection Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights ound & square units ectangular units -66 A-K8 A-KH8 Made of translucent nylon. Fits over and shields the terminals All units A-V8 Plug-on adaptor with solder terminals, allows easy control unit replacement. Plug-on adaptor with PB terminals, allows easy control unit replacement. Made of rubber. Fills unused mounting holes to provide IP65 protection ED lamp is included in every illuminated control unit. eplacement lamp is ordered separately. External current limiting resistor required. All units Extra panel cutouts Illuminated units and pilot lights Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights Non-Illuminated buttons j Button olor odes olor ode Black B Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y ound Square ectangular ound Square ectangular A-8 A-8V A-B8 AD-S (red) AD-SG (green) AD-SA (amber) AD-SY (yellow) A8M-K-k A8Q-K-k A8H-K-k AB8M-BK-j AB8Q-BK-j AB8H-BK-j k ED/ens olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed White W Yellow Y Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 459

12 Miniature ø8mm A8 Series A 8.5 Panel Thickness.5 to 6 ocking ing Terminal Width.8.4t ectangular (TP) Dimensions Square (TP) ound (TP) Panel ut-ut (not drawn to scale) ectangular ø ø c 9 ø9 9 min. Signaling ights (TP) N 7 9 ound/square ø8 +. min. N elays & Sockets amp Terminal (+) M Terminal Sockets amp Terminal ( ) 6..5 Terminal.8.t min. 9 min. Switch Guard, Ø /64" (8mm).5 Panel Thickness.5 to Holes Timers Solder Terminal (A-8) Terminal Arrangement (TP) N P Board Terminal (A-8V) (P Board Terminal Mounting Hole ayout).5 For ound/square Units (A-K8) F ( N ontactors amp Terminal (+) M (Bottom View) amp Terminal ( ) 4.5 Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers min. 4.5 Terminal over A-V8, Ø /64" (8mm) 7. min. For ectangular Units (A-KH8) ø min. min. 46

13 ø6mm A E-Stops Key features: Two button sizes: ø9 and ø4mm ead-free, ohs compliant, (EU directive /95/E) Depth behind the panel: Standard - only 7.9mm for to 4 contacts Unibody - only.9mm for N or N IDE s original Safe break action ensures that the N contacts open when the contact block is detached from the operator. Push-to-lock, Pull or Turn-to-reset operator Direct opening action mechanism (IE , 5., IE , Annex K) Safety lock mechanism (IE , 6.) Degree of protection: Standard - IP65 (IE659) Unibody - IP65 and IP4 (IE 659) U, c-u recognized. EN compliant U NISD category emergency stop button (File# E548) Specifications 6mm A E-Stops U File No. E6869 No Model Standard Unibody Applicable Standards perating Temperature perating Humidity Storage Temperature IE6947 5, EN6947 5, IE , EN , U58, U99, SA. No. 4 Non illuminated: 5 to +6 (no freezing), Illuminated: 5 to +55 (no freezing) 45 to 85% H (no condensation) 45 to +8 perating Force Push to lock:.5n Pull to reset: N Turn to reset:.6n m U58, SA. No.4, IE , EN IE Note, EN Note, JIS to +6 (no freezing) Minimum Force equired for Direct pening Action 6N 4N Min perator Stroke equired for Direct pening Action 4mm Maximum perator Stroke 4.5mm ontact esistance 5mΩ maximum (initial value) ontact Material Gold plated silver Insulation esistance MΩ minimum (5V D megger) Impulse Withstand Voltage.5kV Pollution Degree (inside ED unit: ) peration Frequency 9 operations/hour Shock esistance perating extremes: 5 m/s, Damage limits: m/s Vibration esistance perating extremes: to 5Hz, amplitude.5mm acceleration 5m/s, Damage limits: to 5Hz, amplitude.5mm acceleration 5m/s Mechanical ife 5, operations minimum Electrical ife, operations minimum, (5, operations 4V A/D, ma) Degree of Protection IP65 (IE659) IP65, IP4 (IE 659) Terminal Solder terminal, P board terminal Solder/tab # terminal ecommended Tightening Torque for ocking ing.88n m Wire Size 6 AWG max Soldering onditions to 5, seconds maximum Weight Note: Except for stop switches (operator color: yellow and gray) ø9mm: g ø4mm: 8g ø9mm mushroom: 4g ø4mm mushroom: 7g Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 46

14 ø6mm A E-Stops Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Non-Illuminated A E-Stop s Termination Monitor ontacts Main ontacts 9mm Mushroom 4mm Mushroom Illuminated A E-Stop PB Terminal Solder Terminal PB Terminal Solder Terminal N N AE-BVV- N AE-BVV- N N AE-BVV- 4N AE-BV4V- N N AE-BV- N AE-BV- N N AE-BV- 4N AE-BV4- N N AE-BV4V- N AE-BV4V- N N AE-BV4V- 4N AE-BV44V- N N AE-BV4- N AE-BV4- N N AE-BV4-4N AE-BV44- Termination Monitor ontacts Main ontacts 9mm Mushroom 4mm Mushroom PB Terminal Solder Terminal PB Terminal Solder Terminal All illuminated A E-Stops come with a replaceable 4V A/D ED. Key AE - V Q4 V - N N AE-VQ4V- N AE-VQ4V- N N AE-VQ4V- 4N AE-V4Q4V- N N AE-VQ4- N AE-VQ4- N N AE-VQ4-4N AE-V4Q4- N N AE-V4Q4V- N AE-V4Q4V- N N AE-V4Q4V- 4N AE-V44Q4V- N N AE-V4Q4- N AE-V4Q4- N N AE-V4Q4-4N AE-V44Q4- ircuit Breakers Illumination B: Non-Illuminated : Illuminated Mushroom Size : ø9mm 4: ø4mm ontact onfiguration : N - N : N : N - N 4: 4N Terminal Blank: solder tab V: PB Voltage ode Blank: Non-illuminated Q4: Illuminated 4V A/D 46

15 ø6mm A E-Stops Unibody A E-Stop 9mm Mushroom 4mm Mushroom Unibody A Stop Switch ontact IP4 (black housing) N AE-BVUKT- AE-BVUT- N AE-BVUKT- AE-BVUT- N AE-BV4UKT- AE-BV4UT- N AE-BV4UKT- AE-BV4UT- perator Type ontact j olor ode EM A E-Stop 9mm Mushroom 4mm Mushroom N IP4 (black housing) AE-BVUKT-j IP65 (yellow housing) IP65 (yellow housing) AE-BVUT-j N Y: yellow AE-BVUKT-j AE-BVUT-j N N: gray AE-BV4UKT-j AE-BV4UT-j N AE-BV4UKT-j AE-BV4UT-j N Main ontact N Monitor ontact 4mm Mushroom N - AE-BV4-H-EM N - AE-BV4-H-EM N - AE-BV4-H-EM 4N - AE-BV44-H-EM N N AE-BV4-H-EM N N AE-BV4-H-EM N N AE-BV4-H-EM Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 46

16 ø6mm A E-Stops Signaling ights elays & Sockets ontact atings Standard ated Insulation Voltage (Ui) V (illuminated part: 6V) ated urrent (Ith) 5A ated perating Voltage (Ue) V 5V 5V A 5/6Hz esistive oad (A-) A A Inductive oad (A-5).5A.5A D esistive oad (D-) A.4A.A Inductive oad (D-) A.A.A A 5/6Hz esistive oad (A-).A.6A Inductive oad (A-4).6A.A D esistive oad (D-) A.4A.A Inductive oad (D-) A.A.A Unibody ated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 5V Thermal urrent (Ith) 5A ated perating Voltage (Ue) V 5V 5V A 5/6Hz esistive oad (A-) 5A A Inductive oad (A-5) A.5A D esistive oad (D-) A.4A.A Inductive oad (D-) A.A.A ated perating urrent ated perating urrent Main ontacts (N) Monitor ontacts (N) Minimum applicable load: 5V A/D, ma (reference value). The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specified in IE Mounting Hole ayout øa Y Panel utout ø P Board ayout - Bottom View Non-Illuminated ø. holes. -ø.7 holes Measurements Model øa & Y ø9mm 4mm min ø4mm 5mm min Illuminated ø. holes. -ø.7 holes Timers Illuminated Unit ED atings perating Voltage urrent 4V A/D ±% ma ontactors Depth Behind the Panel Depth (mm) Description 7.9 (Standard) - 4 contacts, both illuminated and non-illuminated.9 (Unibody) N or N Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View) 4N N-N N N-N Non-Illuminated TP TP 4 TP TP Terminal Blocks eft ircuit Breakers Illuminated TP ight eft 4 TP ight eft 4 TP 4 ight eft 4 TP 4 ight eft ED ight eft ED ight eft ED ight eft ED ight

17 ø6mm A E-Stops ø9mm Button ø4mm Button ø9 ø Non-Illuminated P Board Terminal Type Dimensions (mm) Mounting Panel Thickness:.5 to.7 ø Terminal over A9Z-V ubber Gasket ocking ing Solder Terminal Type Unibody EM Panel Thickness.8 to Solder/Tab Terminal # (Behind the panel:.9) ø ø9 mm Mushroom ø9..6 ø4 mm Mushroom ø4 Illuminated P Board Terminal Mounting Panel Thickness:.5 to.7 ø Terminal over A9Z-V 4.5 ubber Gasket ocking ing Solder Terminal Mounting Hole Panel ut-out ø5.8 Accessories Description eplacement ED Unit: Solder Terminal eplacement ED Unit: PB Terminal Terminal over for contact block (solder terminal only) Accessories: Nameplates s A9Z-ED A9Z-EDV A9Z-V Appearance egend Inner Ø uter Ø (blank) HAAV- 6mm 4mm Emergency Stop HAAV-7 6mm 4mm (blank) HAAV4-6mm 6mm Emergency Stop HAAV4-7 6mm 6mm.4 7. Terminal over A9Z-V Panel Thickness.5 to.7 ø ubber Gasket ocking ing Solder Terminal Type ø Accessories: Shroud Appearance Applicable Standards Applicable Mushroom Size 9mm 4mm A9Z-KG SEMI S ompliant (Approved by TUV) ø4 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 465

18 ø6mm A E-Stops emoving the ontact Block First unlock the operator button. While pushing up the white bayonet ring, using a small screwdriver (width:.5 to mm) if necessary, turn the contact block counterclockwise and pull out. Do not exert excessive force when using a screwdriver, otherwise the bayonet ring may be damaged. Bayonet ing perating Instructions Align the small p marking on the edge of the operator base with the TP marking on the contact block. Press the contact block onto the operator and turn the contact block clockwise until the bayonet ring clicks. Notes for Installing the ontact Block heck that the contact block is securely installed on the operator. When the emergency stop switch is properly assembled, the bayonet ring is in place as shown below. Signaling ights TP marking k Turn elays & Sockets k Turn counterclockwise Notes for emoving the ontact Block j Push. When the contact block is removed, the monitor contact (N contact) is closed.. While removing the contact block, do not exert excessive force, otherwise the switch may be damaged. p marking emoving the ED Unit j Press TP marking (contact block) Pull out the ED unit while squeezing the latches on the ED unit using the ED unit removal tool (MT-). Panel Mounting Timers emove the locking ring from the operator and check that the rubber gasket is in place. Insert the operator from panel front into the panel hole. Face the side with the anti-rotation tab on the operator upward, and tighten the locking ring. perator Unit Anti-rotation Tab ubber Gasket Squeeze the ED unit on the latches and pull out. ontactors TP side atches ocking ing Notes for Panel Mounting Terminal Blocks To mount A emergency stop switches onto a panel, tighten the locking ring to a tightening torque of.88 N m maximum using ring wrench MT-. Do not use pliers. Do not exert excessive force, otherwise the locking ring may be damaged. Installing the ontact Block First turn the bayonet ring to the unlocked position. Bayonet ing Installing the ED Unit Align the top of the ED unit with the TP marking on the contact block. Push the ED unit into the contact block. ircuit Breakers Unlocked ocked TP side 466

19 ø6mm A E-Stops Wiring. The applicable wire size is 6 AWG maximum.. Solder the terminal at a temperature of to 5 within seconds using a soldering iron. Sn-Ag-u solder is recommended. When soldering, do not touch the switch with the soldering iron. Also ensure that no tensile force is applied to the terminals. Do not bend the terminals or apply excessive force to the terminals.. Use a non-corrosive rosin flux. 4. Because the terminal spacing is narrow, use protective tubes or heat shrinkable tubes to avoid burning of wire coating or short circuit. P Board Terminal Type. When mounting a contact block on a P board, provide sufficient rotating space for the P board when installing and removing the contact block.. When mounting an A emergency stop switch on a P board, make sure that the operator is securely installed. About P Board and ircuit Design. Use P boards made of glass epoxy copper-clad laminated sheets of.6 mm in thickness, with double-sided through holes.. P boards and circuits must withstand rated voltage and current, including instantaneous current and voltage at switching.. The minimum applicable load is 5V A/D, ma. 4. Within the.8* mm areas shown in the figure below, terminals touch the P board, resulting in possible short circuit on the printed circuit. When designing a P board pattern, take this possibility into consideration Solder Surface Surface for installing components (.5) (.5) Safety Precautions (.5) (.5).6 (P Board) -ø. holes Solder Surface.8*.8* perating Instructions, continued.8*.8* Surface for installing components All dimensions in mm. Turn off power to the A series emergency stop switch before starting installation, removal, wiring, maintenance, and inspection of the relays. Failure to turn power off may cause electrical shock or fire hazard. Use the ED unit removal tool when replacing the ED unit to avoid burning your hands. Installing Insulation Terminal over To install the terminal cover (A9Z-V), align the TP marking on the terminal cover with TP marking on the contact block, and press the terminal cover toward the contact block. Note: For wiring, insert the wires into the holes in the terminal cover before soldering. ontact Bounce When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the N main contacts will bounce. When pressing the button, the N monitor contacts will bounce. When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consideration (reference value: ms). Nameplate When anti-rotation is not required, remove the projection from the nameplate using pliers. Handling Projection Nameplate Do not expose the switch to excessive shock and vibration, otherwise the switch may be deformed or damaged, causing malfunction or operation failure. Use wires of the proper size to meet the voltage and current requirements, and solder the wires correctly. If soldering is incomplete, the wire may heat during operation, causing a fire hazard. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 467

20 ø6mm - B Series Signaling ights elays & Sockets B Series Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices Flush bezel projects only mm from front of panel. Standard bezel has a panel depth of only 7.9mm! emovable contact blocks are ideal for single board mounting. Key features: Pushbuttons, selector switches, and key selector switches with up to PDT contacts. Key selectors with keys that are difficult to duplicate. Seven different key numbers to choose from. Black or metallic flush bezels available. Bright and clear ED illuminated face. hoice of either gold-clad or silver contacts. Degree of protection: IP65 (from the front of the panel) Applicable Standards Mark File No. or rganization U58 U ecognition No.E55996 SA. No.4 SA File No. 45 EN TÜV heinland EU ow Voltage Directive GB448.5 Timers Specifications ontactors Terminal Blocks perating Temperature Storage Temperature perating Humidity ontact esistance Insulation esistance Dielectric Strength Switch Illumination Vibration esistance Shock esistance Mechanical ife (minimum operations) 5 to +6 (no freezing) Illuminated units: 5 to +55 to +8 (no freezing) 45 to 85% H (no condensation) 5 mw maximum (initial value) MW minimum (5V D megger) Bet ween live part and ground:,v A, minute Bet ween terminals of different pole:,v A, minute Bet ween terminals of the same poles:,v A, minute Bet ween live part and ground:,v A, minute perating extremes/damage limits: 5 to 55 Hz, amplitude.5 mm perating extremes: m/s Damage limits:, m/s Momentary:,, Maintained: 5, Selector switches: 5, Key selector switches: 5, Electrical ife (minimum operations) Momentary: 5, /, Maintained: 5, /, Selector switches: 5, /, Key selector switches: 5, /, Degree of Protection IP65 (IE 659) Solder/tab terminal # Terminal P board terminal Bezel Black plastic or metallic 4g (illuminated pushbutton) g (pilot light) g (pushbutton) Weight (approx.) 5g (selector switch) 7g (key selector switch) 5g (illuminated pushbutton with guard) 4g (pushbutton with guard). Switching frequency,8 operations/h.. Switching frequency, operations/h. ircuit Breakers 468

21 ø6mm - B Series ontact atings Gold ontact (switch base color: blue) ated Insulation Voltage ated Thermal urrent 5V ated perating Voltage V D 5V A ated perating urrent (resistive load).a.a ontact Material A Minimum applicable load (reference value): 5V A/D, ma Silver ontact (switch base color: gray) ated Insulation Voltage Gold-clad silver 5V ated perating Voltage V 5V 5V A esistive load 5A 5A 5/6Hz Inductive load A.5A esistive load 5A.A D ated perating Inductive load.5a.55a urrent A esistive load 5A A 5/6Hz Inductive load A.5A D esistive load A.6A Inductive load A.A ated Thermal urrent 5A ontact Material Silver A inductive load: PF=.6 to.7 D inductive load: /=7 ms max. ED atings ated Voltage 5V D V A/D 4V A/D Voltage ange 5V D±5% V A/D±% 4V A/D ±% ED Part No. B9Z-ED5k B9Z-EDk B9Z-EDk ated urrent A, : ma G, PW, S: 6 ma Voltage ating Marked on the side of the ED unit ED ife (reference value) Internal ircuit Approx., hours (until the brightness reduces to 5% of the initial value) A, PW, A, PW, (+) ( ) G, S G, S (+). For k (color code): A (amber), G (green), PW (white), (red), S (blue). Use the white ED for yellow illumination.. ED lamp contains a current-limiting resistor. ( ) ED hip Protection Diode Zener Diode esistor Varistor Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 469

22 ø6mm - B Series Standard Bezel (black) peration perating Voltage Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) ontact Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Standard Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts) Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Flush Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts) SPDT Bj-MT5k Bj-MTVk Blm-MT5k Blm-MTVk olor ode k 5V D Signaling ights DPDT Bj-MT6k Bj-MTVk Blm-MT6k Blm-MTVk SPDT Bj-MT5k Bj-MTVk Blm-MT5k Blm-MTVk Momentary V A/D DPDT Bj-MT6k Bj-MTVk Blm-MT6k Blm-MTVk elays & Sockets Flush Bezel (metallic or black) 4V A/D SPDT Bj-MT54k Bj-MT4Vk Blm-MT54k Blm-MT4Vk DPDT Bj-MT64k Bj-MT4Vk Blm-MT64k Blm-MT4Vk Specify the color code in place of k in the Part Number: Timers 5V D SPDT Bj-AT5k Bj-ATVk Blm-AT5k Blm-ATVk DPDT Bj-AT6k Bj-ATVk Blm-AT6k Blm-ATVk A: amber G: green : red S: blue PW: white Y: yellow SPDT Bj-AT5k Bj-ATVk Blm-AT5k Blm-ATVk Maintained V A/D ontactors Black Bezel with Guard DPDT Bj-AT6k Bj-ATVk Blm-AT6k Blm-ATVk SPDT Bj-AT54k Bj-AT4Vk Blm-AT54k Blm-AT4Vk 4V A/D DPDT Bj-AT64k Bj-AT4Vk Blm-AT64k Blm-AT4Vk Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers. For Standard Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of j. (round), (square), (rectangular) - ens/ed color in place of k. A (amber), G (green), PW (white), (red), S (blue), Y (yellow). For Flush Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of l. 6 (round), 7 (square), 8 (rectangular) - ens/ed color in place of k. A (amber), G (green), PW (white), (red), S (blue), Y (yellow) - Bezel material in place of m. M (metallic), Blank (black), G (black with guard). Solder/Tab terminals have silver contacts and P Board Terminals have gold contacts. 4. Illuminated pushbuttons contain an ED unit. 5. See page 48 for dimensions. 6. See page 496 for replacement ED units. 7. Illuminated pushbuttons can be used with legend markings. Engraving can be done on a marking plate which is placed in the lens, or a clear film can be printed and placed in the lens. See page 498 for details on the marking plate and film. 47

23 ø6mm - B Series perators Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) ontact + perator + ED Module + ens = omplete Part Momentary Maintained ontact Blocks Standard (Plastic) Flush Mount (Plastic) Flush Mount (Metallic) Flush Mount (Built-in switch guard) Terminal Material ontact Solder/Tab PB Silver Gold SPDT DPDT SPDT DPDT ound B-M B-A Square B-M B-A ectangular B-M B-A ound B6-M B6-A Square B7-M B7-A ectangular B8-M B8-A ound B6M-M B6M-A Square B7M-M B7M-A ectangular B8M-M B8M-A ound B6G-M B6G-A Square B7G-M B7G-A ectangular B8G-M B8G-A Part Number B-T5 B-T6 B-TV B-TV enses olor ound Square ectangular Amber Green ed Blue White Yellow Amber Green ed Blue White Yellow Amber Green ed Blue White Yellow ED Module olor Voltage 5V B9Z-ED5A Amber V B9Z-EDA 4V B9Z-EDA 5V B9Z-ED5G Green V B9Z-EDG 4V B9Z-EDG 5V B9Z-ED5 ed V B9Z-ED 4V B9Z-ED 5V B9Z-ED5S Blue V B9Z-EDS 4V B9Z-EDS 5V B9Z-ED5PW White V B9Z-EDPW 4V B9Z-EDPW For yellow illumination, use white ED s. BA-A BA-G BA- BA-S BA-W BA-Y BA-A BA-G BA- BA-S BA-W BA-Y BA-A BA-G BA- BA-S BA-W BA-Y Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 47

24 ø6mm - B Series perating Voltage Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Pilot ights (Assembled) Standard Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts) Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Flush Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts) olor ode k Standard Bezel (black) Signaling ights 5V D BjP-Tk BjP-TVk BlmP-Tk BlmP-TVk elays & Sockets Specify the color code in place of k in the.: Flush Bezel (metallic or black) V A/D BjP-Tk BjP-TVk BlmP-Tk BlmP-TVk A: amber G: green PW: white : red S: blue Y: yellow Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers ontactors Timers 4V A/D BjP-T4k BjP-T4Vk BlmP-T4k BlmP-T4Vk. For Standard Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of j. (round), (square), (rectangular) - ens/ed color in place of k. A (amber), G (green), PW (white), (red), S (blue), Y (yellow). For Flush Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of l. 6 (round), 7 (square), 8 (rectangular) - ens/ed color in place of k. A (amber), G (green), PW (white), (red), S (blue), Y (yellow) - Bezel material in place of m. M (metallic), Blank (black). Pilot lights contain an ED unit. 4. See page 484 for dimensions. 5. See page 496 for replacement ED unit. 47

25 ø6mm - B Series perators Pilot ights (Sub-Assembled) ontact + perator + ED Module + ens = omplete Part Mounting Standard (Plastic) Flush Mount (Plastic) Flush Mount (Metallic) ound Square ectangular ound Square ectangular ound Square ectangular BP- BP- BP- B6P- B7P- B8P- B6MP- B7MP- B8MP- enses olor Amber BA-PA ound Green BA-PG ed BA-P Blue BA-PS White BA-PW Yellow BA-PY Amber BA-PA Square Green BA-PG ed BA-P Blue BA-PS White BA-PW Yellow BA-PY ectangular Amber BA-PA Green BA-PG ed BA-P Blue BA-PS White BA-PW Yellow BA-PY ontact Blocks Terminal Solder Tab PB B-T B-TV Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 47

26 ø6mm - B Series Standard Bezel (black) peration ontact Material Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) ontact Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Standard Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts) Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Flush Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts) olor ode k SPDT BjB-MT5k BjB-MTVk BlmB-MT5k BlmB-MTVk ircuit Breakers Signaling ights Momentary Gold DPDT BjB-MT6k BjB-MTVk BlmB-MT6k BlmB-MTVk elays & Sockets Flush Bezel (metallic or black) PDT BjB-MT7k BjB-MTVk BlmB-MT7k BlmB-MTVk Specify the color code in place of k in the : Timers SPDT BjB-AT5k BjB-ATVk BlmB-AT5k BlmB-ATk B: black G: green : red S: blue W: white Y: yellow Maintained Gold DPDT BjB-AT6k BjB-ATVk BlmB-AT6k BlmB-ATk ontactors Terminal Blocks Black Bezel with Guard PDT BjB-AT7k BjB-ATVk BlmB-AT7k BlmB-ATk. For Standard Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of j. (round), (square), (rectangular) - ens/ed color in place of k. B (black), G (green), (red), S (blue), W (white), Y (yellow). For Flush Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of l. 6 (round), 7 (square), 8 (rectangular) - ens/ed color in place of k. B (black), G (green), (red), S (blue), W (white), Y (yellow) - Bezel material in place of m. M (metallic), Blank (black). See page 487 for dimensions. 4. ens can be used with legend markings. Engraving can be done on a marking plate which is placed into the lens, or a clear film can be printed and placed under the lens. For details on the marking plate and film, see page

27 ø6mm - B Series perators Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) ontact + perator + Button = omplete Part Momentary Maintained Standard (Plastic) Flush Mount (Plastic) Flush Mount (Metallic) Flush Mount (Built-in switch guard) ound B-M B-A Square B-M B-A ectangular B-M B-A ound B6-M B6-A Square B7-M B7-A ectangular B8-M B8-A ound B6M-M B6M-A Square B7M-M B7M-A ectangular B8M-M B8M-A ound B6G-M B6G-A Square B7G-M B7G-A ectangular B8G-M B8G-A ontact Blocks Terminal Material ontact SPDT B-T5 Solder/Tab Silver DPDT B-T6 PDT B-T7 SPDT B-TV PB Gold DPDT B-TV PDT B-TV Buttons olor Black BA-BB Green BA-BG ound ed BA-B Blue BA-BS White BA-BW Yellow BA-BY Black BA-BB Green BA-BG Square ed BA-B Blue BA-BS White BA-BW Yellow BA-BY Black BA-BB Green BA-BG ectangular ed BA-B Blue BA-BS White BA-BW Yellow BA-BY Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 475

28 ø6mm - B Series Signaling ights elays & Sockets perator Position ontact Standard Bezel (black) 9 -position Maintained Spring return from right Maintained Selector Switches (Assembled) Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Standard Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts) Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Flush Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts) SPDT BjS-T5 BjS-TV BlmS-T5 BlmS-TV DPDT BjS-T6 BjS-TV BlmS-T6 BlmS-TV PDT BjS-T7 BjS-TV BlmS-T7 BlmS-TV SPDT BjS-T5 BjS-TV BlmS-T5 BlmS-TV DPDT BjS-T6 BjS-TV BlmS-T6 BlmS-TV PDT BjS-T7 BjS-TV BlmS-T7 BlmS-TV DPDT BjS-T6 BjS-TV BlmS-T6 BlmS-TV Flush Bezel (metallic or black) PDT BjS-T7 BjS-TV BlmS-T7 BlmS-TV Timers ontactors 45 -position Spring return from right Spring return from left Spring return two-way DPDT BjS-T6 BjS-TV BlmS-T6 BlmS-TV PDT BjS-T7 BjS-TV BlmS-T7 BlmS-TV DPDT BjS-T6 BjS-TV BlmS-T6 BlmS-TV PDT BjS-T7 BjS-TV BlmS-T7 BlmS-TV DPDT BjS-T6 BjS-TV BlmS-T6 BlmS-TV PDT BjS-T7 BjS-TV BlmS-T7 BlmS-TV Terminal Blocks. For Standard Bezel part numbers specify bezel shape in place of j. (round), (square), (rectangular). For Flush Bezel part numbers specify: -Bezel shape in place of l. 6 (round), 7 (square), 8 (rectangular) - Bezel material in place of m. M (metallic), Blank (black). For ontact peration, see page For dimensions, see page 488. ircuit Breakers 476

29 ø6mm - B Series perators Shape Position Function Standard (Plastic) Flush Mount (Plastic) ound Square ectangular ound Square ectangular Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) ontact + perator = omplete Part Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y BS-Y B6S-Y B6S-Y B6S-Y B6S-Y B6S-Y B6S-Y B7S-Y B7S-Y B7S-Y B7S-Y B7S-Y B7S-Y B8S-Y B8S-Y B8S-Y B8S-Y B8S-Y B8S-Y Shape Position Function Maintained B6MS-Y Spring from right B6MS-Y Maintained B6MS-Y Spring from right B6MS-Y Spring from left B6MS-Y Spring from both B6MS-Y Flush Mount Maintained B7MS-Y (Metallic) Spring from right B7MS-Y Maintained B7MS-Y Spring from right B7MS-Y Spring from left B7MS-Y Spring from both B7MS-Y Maintained B8MS-Y Spring from right B8MS-Y Maintained B8MS-Y Spring from right B8MS-Y Spring from left B8MS-Y Spring from both B8MS-Y ound Square ectangular ontacts Terminal Material ontact SPDT B-T5 Solder/Tab Silver DPDT B-T6 PDT B-T7 PB Gold SPDT DPDT PDT Note: SPDT contacts applicable for -position switches only. B-TV B-TV B-TV Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 477

30 ø6mm - B Series perator Position Key retained at Key Selector Switches (Assembled) ontact Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Standard Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts) Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Flush Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts) SPDT BjK-T5A BjK-TVA BlmK-T5A BlmK-TVA A DPDT BjK-T6A BjK-TVA BlmK-T6A BlmK-TVA Signaling ights elays & Sockets Standard Bezel (black) 9 -position Maintained Spring return from right B B PDT BjK-T7A BjK-TVA BlmK-T7A BlmK-TVA SPDT BjK-T5B BjK-TVB BlmK-T5B BlmK-TVB DPDT BjK-T6B BjK-TVB BlmK-T6B BlmK-TVB PDT BjK-T7B BjK-TVB BlmK-T7B BlmK-TVB SPDT BjK-T5 BjK-TV BlmK-T5 BlmK-TV DPDT BjK-T6 BjK-TV BlmK-T6 BlmK-TV PDT BjK-T7 BjK-TV BlmK-T7 BlmK-TV SPDT BjK-T5B BjK-TVB BlmK-T5B BlmK-TVB DPDT BjK-T6B BjK-TVB BlmK-T6B BlmK-TVB PDT BjK-T7B BjK-TVB BlmK-T7B BlmK-TVB Timers Flush Bezel (metallic or black) A B DPDT BjK-T6A BjK-TVA BlmK-T6A BlmK-TVA PDT BjK-T7A BjK-TVA BlmK-T7A BlmK-TVA DPDT BjK-T6B BjK-TVB BlmK-T6B BlmK-TVB PDT BjK-T7B BjK-TVB BlmK-T7B BlmK-TVB DPDT BjK-T6 BjK-TV BlmK-T6 BlmK-TV PDT BjK-T7 BjK-TV BlmK-T7 BlmK-TV ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 45 -position Maintained D E DPDT BjK-T6D BjK-TVD BlmK-T6D BlmK-TVD PDT BjK-T7D BjK-TVD BlmK-T7D BlmK-TVD DPDT BjK-T6E BjK-TVE BlmK-T6E BlmK-TVE PDT BjK-T7E BjK-TVE BlmK-T7E BlmK-TVE G H DPDT BjK-T6G BjK-TVG BlmK-T6G BlmK-TVG PDT BjK-T7G BjK-TVG BlmK-T7G BlmK-TVG DPDT BjK-T6H BjK-TVH BlmK-T6H BlmK-TVH PDT BjK-T7H BjK-TVH BlmK-T7H BlmK-TVH Assembled Key Selector Switches con t on next page

31 ø6mm - B Series Key Selector Switches con t Standard Bezel (black) Flush Bezel (metallic or black) perator Position 45 -position Spring return from right Spring return from left Spring return two-way B D G D H D Key retained at ontact Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Standard Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts). Key is retained at and removable at positions.. Two keys are supplied.. For Standard Bezel part numbers specify bezel shape in place of j. (round), (square), (rectangular) 4. For Flush Bezel part numbers specify: - Bezel shape in place of l. 6 (round), 7 (square), 8 (rectangular) - Bezel material in place of m. M (metallic), Blank (black) 5. For ontact peration, see page For dimensions, see page For additional security, wave keys also available. Add the letter S before the T in the part no. Example: BK-STA Besides the standard wave key (key number H), six other keys are available. To order other keys, specify the key number as shown below: Example: BK-STB-H (Key number is indicated on the key cylinder. Standard keys do not have a key number indication.) (blank): Standard wave key (H) H to H: eversible wave key H to 6H: Non-reversible wave key 8. If ordering standard wave key (H), subcomponents are available, see next page. 9. If ordering other than standard wave key (for example, key number 6H), only completed switches are available. Solder/Tab Terminal (silver contacts) Flush Bezel P Board Terminal (gold contacts) DPDT BjK-T6B BjK-TVB BlmK-T6B BlmK-TVB PDT BjK-T7B BjK-TVB BlmK-T7B BlmK-TVB DPDT BjK-T6D BjK-TVD BlmK-T6D BlmK-TVD PDT BjK-T7D BjK-TVD BlmK-T7D BlmK-TVD DPDT BjK-T6G BjK-TVG BlmK-T6G BlmK-TVG PDT BjK-T7G BjK-TVG BlmK-T7G BlmK-TVG DPDT BjK-T6 BjK-TV BlmK-T6 BlmK-TV PDT BjK-T7 BjK-TV BlmK-T7 BlmK-TV DPDT BjK-T6D BjK-TVD BlmK-T6D BlmK-TVD PDT BjK-T7D BjK-TVD BlmK-T7D BlmK-TVD DPDT BjK-T6H BjK-TVH BlmK-T6H BlmK-TVH PDT BjK-T7H BjK-TVH BlmK-T7H BlmK-TVH DPDT BjK-T6D BjK-TVD BlmK-T6D BlmK-TVD PDT BjK-T7D BjK-TVD BlmK-T7D BlmK-TVD Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 479

32 ø6mm - B Series Key Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) ontact + perator = omplete Part Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights perators Shape Position Function ound ectangular Square ound ectangular Square Maintained BK-n Spring from right BK-B Maintained BK-n Spring from right BK-n Spring from left BK-n Standard (plastic) Spring from both BK-D Maintained BK-n Spring from right BK-B Flush Mount (plastic) Maintained BK-n Spring from right BK-n Spring from left BK-n Spring from both BK-D Maintained BK-n Spring from right BK-B Maintained BK-n Spring from right BK-n Spring from left BK-n Spring from both BK-D Maintained B6K-n Spring from right B6K-B Maintained B6K-n Spring from right B6K-n Spring from left B6K-n Spring from both B6K-D Maintained B7K-n Spring from right B7K-B Maintained B7K-n Spring from right B7K-n Spring from left B7K-n Spring from both B7K-D Maintained B8K-n Spring from right B8K-B Maintained B8K-n Spring from right B8K-n Spring from left B8K-n Spring from both B8K-D Shape Position Function Flush Mount (metallic) ontacts ound Square ectangular Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both B6MK-n B6MK-B B6MK-n B6MK-n B6MK-n B6MK-D B7MK-n B7MK-B B7MK-n B7MK-n B7MK-n B7MK-D B8MK-n B8MK-B B8MK-n B8MK-n B8MK-n B8MK-D. In place of n specify retention option code from table below.. For standard wave key operators, add S to part number before the key retention code from table below. (For example, B6K-B with wave key would be B6K-SB.) Terminal Material ontact Solder/Tab PB Silver Gold SPDT DPDT PDT SPDT DPDT PDT B-T5 B-T6 B-T7 B-TV B-TV B-TV ircuit Breakers etention ption ode ode Description A Key not retained in any position (emovable in all positions) B Key retained in right position only Key retained in left position only D Key retained in left and right ( position only) ode Description E Key retained in center only ( position only) G Key retained in right and center ( position only) H Key retained in left and center ( position only) 48

33 ø6mm - B Series ontact peration 9 -position 45 -position Maintained Mounting Hole ayout ø Standard Bezels 8 * ectangular: 4 mm PDT:. mm * PDT: mm Maintained perator Position & ontact peration (Top View) Position ontact eft enter ight Spring return from right Spring return from right Spring return from left ø8. +. Spring return two-way SPDT DPDT PDT DPDT When using the B series with a rubber boot or terminal cover, make sure to note the dimensions on pages 49 and 49. PDT N N eft ight N N N N eft enter ight NNNNNN eft ight N N N N eft enter ight NN NN NN Flush Bezels eft ight N N N N eft enter ight NN NN NN N N eft ight N N N N eft enter ight N N NN N N eft ight N N N N eft enter ight NN NN NN ound Square ectangular * PDT:. mm * Switches with Guard: 45 mm Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 48

34 ø6mm - B Series P Board Drilling ayout (mm) Notes for Designing P Board and ircuit. Use.6-mm-thick glass epoxy P board with drilled holes.. Design a circuit so that the B series can operate within the rated voltage and current range. Make sure that inrush current and voltage do not exceed the rating.. Minimum applicable load is 5V A/D, ma on gold contacts. 4. Since the *.8-mm-wide terminal touches the P board as shown below, short circuit may occur with pattern lines. Design a circuit that prevents short circuits. Signaling ights elays & Sockets SPDT/DPDT ontacts amp Terminal (+) amp Terminal ( ) (.5) (.5) (.5) 4. 9-ø. +. PDT ontacts (.8) (.8) SW Terminal DPDT Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers amp Terminal SW Terminal SPDT (.8) (.8) (.8) N Terminal N Terminal M Terminal 6. Soldered Side.6 (P Board).8.8 Mounting Side Soldered Side.6 (P Board) Mounting Side (.5) (.5) +. 9-ø. SW Terminal 8 8 SW Terminal SW Terminal (.8) (.8) (.8) (.5) N Terminal N Terminal M Terminal Soldered Side.4.6 (P Board) Mounting Side P Board Drilling ayout (Bottom View) SPDT/DPDT ontacts 8-ø. (Note ).5 ø6 drilled hole for operating the locking lever (Note ) PDT ontacts 9-ø. (Note ).45 ø6 drilled hole for operating the locking lever (Note ).85 ( Note ) (Note ) 8 (Note ) When designing, note the alignment of the center lines of the contact blocks and operators.. The diameter of the terminal hole is ø... Hole diameter may vary to meet installation requirements. Determine the location and the size of the hole so that the locking lever can be operated. 48

35 ø6mm - B Series Illuminated Pushbutton Standard Bezels K 7.8 Flush Bezels SPDT/DPDT ontacts K 7.8 Switch with Guard K W.5t Gasket ocking ing 7 Mounting Plate.8W.5t Dimensions (mm) P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Mounting Bracket.8W.5t P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal W.5t 5.5 P Board Terminal W.5t 6 6 Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm Gasket ocking ing Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm Gasket ocking ing W.5t 7 Mounting Bracket 7.9 Solder/Tab Terminal Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm ø ound Square ectangular 8 8 ound Square ectangular ound Square 8 ectangular ø ø Solder/Tab Terminal -.6 Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 48

36 ø6mm - B Series Pilot ights Standard Bezels Gasket ocking ing Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm 5.7 ound Square ø8 Mounting Plate.6 Signaling ights K W.5t 7.8W.5t ectangular elays & Sockets Flush Bezels P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm Gasket ocking ing ound ø Solder/Tab Terminal Timers K W.5t.8W.5t ircuit Breakers Mounting Bracket Square ectangular.6 ontactors P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal 8. Terminal Blocks -.6 Solder/Tab Terminal Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View) Illuminated Pushbuttons amp Terminal (+) amp Terminal ( ) 4 TP 4 Pilot ights amp Terminal (+) amp Terminal ( ) TP (SPDT contacts on the right only) 484

37 ø6mm - B Series Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Standard Bezels SPDT/DPDT ontacts K PDT ontacts K W.5t Gasket ocking ing Mounting Plate.8W.5t P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal W.5t 6 6 Gasket ocking ing Mounting Plate.8W.5t Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm ound Square 8 ectangular 4 ound Square 8 4 ø8 8 ectangular ø Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 485

38 ø6mm - B Series Signaling ights Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Flush Bezels SPDT/DPDT ontacts K W.5t Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm Gasket ocking ing Mounting Bracket.8W.5t ound Square ectangular * ø.6 elays & Sockets 7.8 PDT ontacts P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal 7 Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm Gasket ocking ing 8 ound ø. -.6 Solder/Tab Terminal Timers ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors 8 Mounting Bracket Square K.8W.5t.8W.5t ectangular P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal 486

39 ø6mm - B Series Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Switch with Guard SPDT/DPDT ontacts K 7.8 PDT ontacts K W.5t Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm Gasket ocking ing.8w.5t 7 Mounting Bracket 7.9 P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal W.5t Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View) SPDT/DPDT ontacts 4 TP 4 (SPDT contacts on the right only).95 Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm Gasket ocking ing.8w.5t 7 Mounting Bracket P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal PDT ontacts 4 TP ø ound Square ectangular ø ound Square ectangular Solder/Tab Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 487

40 ø6mm - B Series Selector Switches Standard Bezels SPDT/DPDT ontacts Gasket ocking ing Mounting Plate Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm.6 ound Square ø8 ound Square ø8 Signaling ights K W.5t 6 6 P Board Terminal 7.8W.5t Knob perator Solder/Tab Terminal.8W.5t 8 ectangular ectangular 4 8 Knob perator ever perator.6 elays & Sockets Solder/Tab Terminal ever perator Solder/Tab Terminal PDT ontacts Gasket ocking ing Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm ound ø8 Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers ound ø Square Square Mounting Plate.6.8W.5t K.8W.5t 8 ectangular 8 ectangular P Board Terminal Knob perator Solder/Tab Terminal.8W.5t ever perator Solder/Tab Terminal Knob perator ever perator Solder/Tab Terminal 488

41 ø6mm - B Series Selector Switch Flush Bezels SPDT/DPDT ontacts K 7.8 PDT ontacts K W.5t Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm Gasket ocking ing 7 Mounting Bracket.8W.5t ectangular ø 8 8 P Board Terminal Knob perator Solder/Tab Terminal Knob perator ever perator.8w.5t P Board Terminal ever perator Solder/Tab Terminal W.5t 6 6. Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm Gasket ocking ing 7.8W.5t Knob perator Solder/Tab Terminal Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View) SPDT/DPDT ontacts 4 TP 4 (SPDT contacts on the right only) 7 Mounting Bracket 7.9 ever perator Solder/Tab Terminal. PDT ontacts 4 TP 4 4 ound Square 8. ound Square ectangular Knob perator ound Square ectangular -.6 ø Solder/Tab Terminal. ø.6 ound Square ectangular 8 ever perator -.6 ø Solder/Tab Terminal Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 489

42 ø6mm - B Series Signaling ights Key Selector Switches Standard Bezels SPDT/DPDT ontacts Solder/Tab Terminal Gasket ocking ing Mounting Bracket K.8W.5t.8W.5t Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm.6 8 ø8 elays & Sockets P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks PDT ontacts Gasket ocking ing Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm Timers Solder/Tab Terminal Mounting Bracket.6 ontactors K.8W.5t.8W.5t P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal

43 ø6mm - B Series 4 Key Selector Switches Flush Bezels SPDT/DPDT ontacts PDT ontacts Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View) SPDT/DPDT ontacts TP 4 TP 4 4 PDT ontacts (SPDT contacts (SPDT contacts the right on the only) right only) 4 TP 4 4 TP Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 49

44 ø6mm - B Series Accessories Item Material emarks ocking ing Wrench 6. ø8. Metal: Nickel-plated brass MT- Used to tighten the locking ring when installing the units on to the panel. ens emoval Tool Signaling ights 6. Stainless Steel MT- Used to remove the lens or button. elays & Sockets Switch Guard (8 Spring return) Switch Guard for Single Board Mounting For round / square standard units For rectangular standard units For rectangular units Guard: Polyacetal Base: Polyarylate Guard: Polyacetal Base: Polyarylate A-K6SP A-KH6SP A9Z-K Degree of protection: IP65 Used to protect standard pushbuttons and illuminated pushbuttons from inadvertent operation. See page 495 for dimensions. With the gasket mounted on the switch, attach the switch guard and mount on the panel. Note: not applicable for flush mounted units. Select operator with built-in switch guard. Degree of protection: IP65 With the gasket mounted on the switch, attach the switch guard and mount on the panel. See page 495 for dimensions. Timers ubber Boot for Standard Bezels. For round units B9Z-D ontactors For Standard Bezels Silicon ubber. For square units B9Z-D Degree of protection: IP65 See page 494 for dimensions. See page 499 for mounting.. For rectangular units B9Z-D Terminal Blocks Mounting Hole Plug Metal Plug: Metal (Zinc diecast) ocking nut: Polyacetal Gasket: Nitrile rubber A-BM6 Degree of protection: IP65 Tightening torque:. to.9 N m See page 494 for dimensions. Mounting Hole Plug ircuit Breakers ubber Nitrile rubber (black) A-B6 Degree of protection: IP65 See page 494 for dimensions. Accessories con t on next page. 49

45 ø6mm - B Series Accessories, con t Item Material emarks For Flush Bezels ubber Boot for Flush Bezels Mounting Hole Plug Terminal over. For round units B9Z-D6. For square units Silicon ubber B9Z-D7. For rectangular units. For round units Plug: Polyamide (Black) B9Z-D8 Gasket: Nitrile rubber. For square units B9Z-BS7. For rectangular units Mounting Plate: Stainless Steel B9Z-BS6 B9Z-BS8. For SPDT/DPDT contacts B9Z-V. For PDT contacts B9Z-V Degree of protection: IP65 See page 494 for dimensions. See page 499 for mounting. Degree of protection: IP65 Panel thickness:.5 to. mm See page 494 for dimensions. See page 495 for dimensions. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 49

46 ø6mm - B Series ubber Boot Standard Bezel Accessory Dimensions (mm) For round units (B9Z-D) For square units (B9Z-D) For rectangular units (B9Z-D) ø 6 Signaling ights Timers ircuit Breakers elays & Sockets Flush Bezel For round units (B9Z-D6) For square units (B9Z-D7) For rectangular units (B9Z-D8) ø Mounting Hole Plug Standard Bezels A-B6 +. ø6. A-BM ø6. ø7.8 Gasket ocking ing Panel Thickness:.5 to 6 mm Mounting Hole ayout Mounting Hole ayout ontactors Flush Bezels For round units (B9Z-BS6) ø For square units (B9Z-BS7) For rectangular units (B9Z-BS8) Gasket Mounting Plate ocking ing Panel Thickness:.5 to. mm Terminal Blocks Mounting Hole ayout Mounting Hole ayout Mounting Hole ayout ø

47 ø6mm - B Series Terminal over Standard Bezel For SPDT/DPDT contacts (B9Z-V) TP Switch Guard for Standard Bezel Models Accessory Dimensions (mm), con t For PDT contacts (B9Z-V) For round / square units (A-K6SP) For rectangular units (A-KH6SP ) [For round / square units] For Single Board Mounting (A9Z-K).5 Standard Key ø [For rectangular units] TP Panel Thickness.5 to. Wave Key ogo Side ogo Side Panel Thickness.5 to. Note: The panel depth is the same for switches with or without switch guards. Both models can be installed on the same P board. H H Key No. Side Key No. Side Key No. Key No. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 495

48 ø6mm - B Series Signaling ights elays & Sockets eplacement Parts Item Material emarks ens For round units For square units For rectangular units Button For round units Marking Plate ocking ing For square units For rectangular units For round units For square units For rectangular units For all units Polyarylate ø5.4 H4mm Polyarylate 5.4, H4mm Polyarylate W.4 x H4 x D5.4mm Polyarylate 5.4, H4mm Polyarylate 5.4, H4mm Polyarylate W.4 x H4 x D5.4 Acrylic ø.7 H.8 Acrylic.7, H.8mm Acrylic W9.7 x H.8 (.4) x D.7mm Polyamide ø7.9, H.9mm A6M-k A6Q-k A6H-k AB6M-Bk AB6Q-Bk AB6H-Bk A6M-k A6Q-k A6H-k B9Z-NP Specify the color code in place of k in the part number. A: Amber, : lear, G: Green, : ed, S: Blue, Y: Yellow Note: Use a clear lens for or white (PW) illumination. Specify the color code in place of k in the part number. B: Black, G: Green, : ed, S: Blue W: White, Y: Yellow Specify the color code in place of k in the part number. B: Black, W: White See page 498 for dimensions and engraving area. Timers Anti-rotation ing Anti-rotation ing For standard bezel For flush bezel Metal (Stainless steel) 7.9, t.6mm Metal (Stainless steel) W x H8. x D.6 t.8mm B9Z-P B9Z-P6 Spare Standard Key For key selector switches Nickel-plated Brass AS6-SK See page 495 for dimensions. ontactors Spare Wave key Non-reversible Wave Key eversible Wave Key For Wave key selector switches Diecast zinc alloy (nickel plated) W4 x H x D.8mm A9Z-SK-n Specify Wave key number in place of n in the part number. H: Standard wave key (reversible) H to H: eversible wave key H to 6H: Non-reversible wave key See page 495 for dimensions. Terminal Blocks B Series eplacement ED Unit Item ated perating Voltage k olor ode ircuit Breakers ED Unit D5V A/DV A/D4V B9Z-ED5k B9Z-EDk B9Z-EDk A G PW S Specify color code in place of the k in the part number. : ed, G: Green, A: Amber, S: Blue, PW: White All illuminated B series contain an ED unit. Use a white (PW) ED unit for yellow (Y) illumination

49 ø6mm - B Series Turn off the power to the B series control units before installation, removal, wiring, maintenance, and inspection. Failure to turn power off may cause electrical shocks or fire hazard. To avoid burning your hand, use the lamp holder tool when replacing the lamps. Wiring. Solder the terminals at 5 within seconds using a 6W soldering iron. Sn-Ag-u type is recommended. When soldering, do not touch the B series with the soldering iron. Also ensure that no tensile force is applied to the terminals. Do not bend the terminal or apply excessive force to the terminal.. Use non-corrosive liquid flux. Terminal over Solder/tab terminal Insert the terminal cover into the contact block with the TP markings on the contact block and the terminal cover in the same direction. Note: When wiring, insert the lead wires into the terminal cover holes before soldering. After wiring, terminal covers cannot be installed. Standard Bezel Flush Bezel perating Environment Do not use the B series where corrosive gases exist or under an environment exceeding the operating temperature and humidity ranges. therwise, damages due to contact failure or change of surface color may occur. Major parts of the switch are plastic. Scratches or damages may occur when scraped with a sharp object or applied with excessive load or shock. Note that this may cause operation and appearance failure of the operator and bezel. Adherence of detergent, cutting oil, or special chemicals to the switch may result in operation failures and appearance failures such as change of surface color. Handling ontacts (micro switch) When using N (normally closed) and N (normally open) contacts of the same microswitch, avoid connections of different voltages, or connections of different types of power supplies. Failure to observe this instruction may cause a shortcircuit. Safety Precautions Instructions For wiring, use wires of a proper size to meet voltage and current requirements. Solder correctly according to the instructions in Wiring and Notes on Terminal over. Improper soldering may cause overheating and create a fire hazard. Also, when using tab terminals, use receptacles of appropriate size. emoving and Installing the ontact Block. Turn the locking lever on the contact block in the direction opposite to the arrow on the housing. Then the contact block can be removed.. Insert the contact block with the TP markings on the contact block and the operator placed in the same direction. Then lock the units, turning the locking lever in the direction of the arrow. locking lever Panel Mounting emove the contact block from the operator. Insert the operator into the panel cut-out from the front, then install the contact block to the operator. Standard Bezel TP Flush Bezel TP Panel Panel ➀ Anti-rotation ing ➁ ocking ing TP ➀Anti-rotation ing ➁ ocking ing TP ontact Block ontact Block Notes on Mounting Use the optional ring wrench (MT-) to mount the operator onto the panel. Tightening torque should not exceed.7 N m. Do not use pliers. Excessive tightening will damage the locking ring. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 497

50 ø6mm - B Series eplacing the ens Standard Bezel From the opposite side of the TP marking, remove the operator (lens, marking plate, and lens holder) using the optional lens removal tool (MT-) by gripping the recesses of the color lens. emoving from the TP side may damage the metallic bezel. ens Unit and ontact Block Installation To insert the lens unit into the operator, press in the lens unit by making sure that the latch on the operator is aligned with the latch on the lens unit. ound lens unit atch Square lens unit atch Signaling ights Standard Bezel TP atch TP atch ecess emoving the perator (standard bezel) perator elays & Sockets Flush Bezel From the opposite side of the TP marking, push the tip of the flat screwdriver to the groove of the color lens and pull out the operator (lens, marking plate, lens holder). emoving from the TP side may damage the metallic bezel. Flush Bezel TP atch TP atch ecess Timers ontactors emoving the perator (flush bezel) eplacing the Marking Plate emove the marking plate by pushing the lens from the rear to disengage the latches between the lens and holder, using the screwdriver as shown below. perator Marking Plates and Films For illuminated pushbuttons and pushbuttons with illuminated lens, legends and symbols can be engraved on the marking plates, or printed film can be inserted under the lens for labelling purposes. Marking Plate and Marking Film Size ens ound Square ectangular Built-in Marking Plate ø..8 Engraving Area. ø.7.8 Engraving Area Engraving Area Engraving must be made on the engraving area within.5 mm deep. The marking plate is made of white acrylic resin. Terminal Blocks Note: A transparent film inside the lens holder is attached to the unit to make it waterproof and cannot be removed.. Insert a marking plate into the color lens, and press the lens onto the lens holder to engage the latches. Pay attention to the orientation of the marking plate. ecesses Engage atches Applicable Marking Film ø.6.8 ø.6 Film thickness:. mm per film Marking film is not included. ecommended marking film: Polyester film Marking Plate and Film Insertion rder Engraved Surface.6 TP 9.6 ircuit Breakers Engraving Surface olor ens Marking Plate ens Holder ens Marking Film Plate ens Holder perator The marking plate must be engraved on thespecified side as shown above. Pay attention to the orientation of the marking plate

51 ø6mm - B Series eplacing the ED Unit The ED unit can be replaced by pulling the lens unit out of the contact block. ontact Block ED Unit rientation of the ED unit Insert the ED unit into the contact block with the TP markings on the contact block and ED unit in the same orientation. TP TP Notes on replacing the ED Unit When replacing the ED unit, make sure that static electricity is not applied. Make sure that the B series has cooled down before replacing the ED unit. To avoid getting burned, be careful not to touch the unit while it is still hot. Notes on Using Quick onnect Terminals. Use # tab quick connects,.5 mm-thick.. When connecting the terminals on the left and center, make sure that surfaces of the quick connects face each other. therwise, a short-circuit may occur. TP orrect TP Incorrect. Apply only horizontal force against the panel to the tab. The switch may be damaged if a force other than a horizontal force is applied. Installing ubber Boots When using the switches in enviroments subject to splashing water or an excessive amount of dust, make sure to use an optional rubber boot. As shown in the drawing below, j remove the gasket from the operator, and k attach the rubber boot from the front (button side). Standard Bezels For rectangular and square units, pull out the seals of the rubber boot and place them around the operator sleeve as shown below. Make sure that the seals are not twisted or tucked inside and that the gasket is removed, otherwise waterproof and dustproof characteristics are not ensured. How to Install the ubber Boot ectangular Seals Square Seals ound Seals Seals ➁ Mount ➁ Mount Gasket ➁ Mount Gasket Gasket perator perator ➀ emove perator ➀ emove ➀ emove ubber boot installed ubber boot installed ubber boot installed Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 499

52 ø6mm - B Series Signaling ights elays & Sockets Flush Bezels Mount the rubber boot so that the protrusion at the bottom surface of the operator fits with the recess on the operator, placing the rubber boot all around the operator sleeve. Make sure that the protrusion on the rubber boot and the recess on the operator fits correctly, otherwise, the waterproof and dustproof characteristics are not ensured. How to Install the ubber Boot ➁ Mount Protrusion Gasket ecess ➀ emove Note: Install the rubber boot before mounting the unit to the panel. orrect Good Example Example Incorrect Bad Example Maintained Pushbuttons Do not replace the buttons when the pushbutton is in the maintained position. eplacing the button in the maintained position may damage the internal mechanism. Also, do not remove the contact block with the button in the maintained position. The contact may not operate properly when the contact block is remounted. Pushbuttons and Illuminated Pushbuttons with Switch Guard Do not apply force to the switch guard when the switch guard is not attached to a panel. When opening the switch guard, do not open more than 8. The hinge may break. Selector Switches When turning the operator or key, make sure that they are turned to the correct position. Selector Switches with Key bserve the following instructions to prevent malfunction or damage. Do not remove the key from any key retained position. In addition to the standard key (key number H), six other key numbers are available. Use a key of the matching number with the key cylinder. The standard key does not have a key number indication. Keys are available in two types. Key numbers H (standard), H, and H are reversible keys which can be inserted in two ways. Key numbers H, 4H, 5H, and 6H are non-reversible keys. Make sure of correct insertion direction. ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers 5

53 ø6mm - B Series Single Board Mounting The IDE B series is available for single board mounting. ear ø6 drilled hole for operating the locking lever Installing and emoving ontact Blocks Turn the locking lever to install and remove contact blocks on a P board using a screwdriver from a hole in the P board. Determine the location of the switches so that the locking lever can be operated. Mounting Holes and Assembly Procedure Drill mounting holes in the panel as shown below. When the units are mounted collectively, provide adequate clearance. Panel ut-out Standard Bezels +. ø6..9 +_+_ Standard Bezels SPDT/DPDT ontactsv ø or more 8 or more (4 or more for rectangular units) Flush Bezels 4-.5 or less ø8. ±..9 ±.5 PDT ontacts ø6. +. or more 7. ±.5. or more (4 or more for rectangular units) Flush Bezels SPDT/DPDT ontacts 45 mm minimum for switches with guard min ø8. ±. min 8. ±. min min min 4. ±. PDT ontacts 45 mm minimum for switches with guard ø8. ±. 8. ±. 8. ±. 8. ±. 8 min 8 min Assembly Procedure. Install the operator to the panel. min min min. min. min 4. ±.. Mount the contact block to the operator from the back of the panel.. Turn the locking lever to lock the contact block. 4. Insert a P board and solder. Notes:. Make sure that each terminal is inserted into the P board correctly.. Do not apply tensile force to the connector cable for an extended period of time.. Do not expose the contact block to water. 4. Ensure to lock contact blocks when the contact blocks are installed on the operators. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 5

54 ø6mm - 6 Series Signaling ights Key features: 5/8 (6mm) mounting holes ocking lever removable contact blocks Solder terminal or PB terminal options Available assembled or as sub-components Worldwide approvals Incandescent or ED illumination Snap action contacts U ecognized File No. E Series Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices SA ertified File No. 45 egistration No (E-stops) egistration No. J (all other switches) egistration No (Pilot ights) ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets ontact atings amp atings onforming to Standards EN6947-, EN , VDE66-, U58, SA - N.4 perating Temperature Vibration esistance Shock esistance Mechanical ife peration: 5 to +55 (without freezing), 45 to 85% H Storage: - to +8 (without freezing) 5 to 55Hz,. peak-peak amplitude max perating limit: m/sec (approximately G) Damage limit: m/sec (approximately G) Momentary pushbuttons,, operations minimum All others: 5, operations minimum Degree of Protection IP65 (conforming to IE 659) Dielectric Strength Insulation esistance ated Insulation Voltage ated Thermal urrent ontact esistance ated perating urrent Minimum ecommended oad (reference value for silver contacts) Terminal ontact Form ontact Material Electrical ife (at full load) amp urrent Draw amp ife Switch unit: between live and ground: 5 volt A, minute between terminals of different poles: 5 volt A, minute between terminals of same pole: volt A, minute Illumination unit: between live part and ground: 5 volt A, minute MΩ minimum (using 5V D megger) 5V A/D Gold ontacts (pcb): A Silver ontacts (solder): 5A 5Ω maximum initial value Silver ontacts (Solder Terminals) Gold lad ontacts (PB terminals) V 5V 5V V 5V A resistive 5A A A inductive -.A A inductive A.5A D resistive.a D resistive A.4A D inductive A.A 5V A/D, ma. Solder Tab /PB Snap Action, Double Throw Solder Tab: Pure Silver /PB: Gold Plated Silver Momentary pushbuttons:, operations minimum (8 operations / hour) All others:, operations minimum ( operations / hour) 5V D ED: 8mA 6V A/D ED: 7mA V A/D ED: 8mA 4V A/D ED: 8mA V A = 8mA 6V A/D incandescent: ma V A/D incandescent: 5 ma 4V A/D incandescent: 5 ma Incandescent: hours./ed 5, hours. (on pure D, half-life intensity) 5

55 ø6mm - 6 Series Built-in ED amp atings Model FTD-5k FTD-k FTD-k FTD-Hk amp Base S6S/8x5.4 ated Voltage 5V D V A/D 4V A/D V A perating Voltage 5V D ±5% V A/D ±% 4V A/D ±% V A ±5% urrent Draw olor ode k amp Base olor Voltage Marking ife (reference value) Internal ircuit Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons versize ound Extended A 9mA 9mA 8mA D 8mA 8mA 8mA Specify a color code in place of k in the Part No: A (amber), G (green), (red), S (blue), W (white), Y (yellow) Same as illumination color Stamped on the lamp base Approx. 5, hours A,, W, Y A,, W, Y (+) ( ) G, S G, S (+) ( ) peration ontact versize Square Flush versize Square Extended Mushroom Momentary Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Maintained Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Terminal Solder Tab PB SPDT HAB-M5-j HAB-MV-j DPDT HAB-M6-j HAB-MV-j SPDT HAB-A5-j HAB-AV-j DPDT HAB-A6-j HAB-AV-j SPDT HAB-M5-j HAB-MV-j DPDT HAB-M6-j HAB-MV-j SPDT HAB-A5-j HAB-AV-j DPDT HAB-A6-j HAB-AV-j SPDT HAB-M5-j HAB-MV-j DPDT HAB-M6-j HAB-MV-j SPDT HAB-A5-j HAB-AV-j DPDT HAB-A6-j HAB-AV-j SPDT HAB-M5-j HAB-MV-j DPDT HAB-M6-j HAB-MV-j SPDT HAB-A5-j HAB-AV-j DPDT HAB-A6-j HAB-AV-j jbutton olor odes olor ode olor ode Black B Blue S Green G White W ed Yellow Y. In place of j specify Button olor ode from table.. Illuminated (translucent) style lenses also available, specify as such: instead of AB-M5-j use AB-M5-k in place of k (specify ens olor ode from next page.). PB terminal models also available with silver contacts (change or to 5 or 6 respectively, ie AB-MV-j becomes AB-M5V-j). ED hip Protection Diode Zener Diode Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 5

56 ø6mm - 6 Series Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) ontact + Safety ever ock + perator + Button = omplete Part Signaling ights perators Momentary Maintained versize ound Buttons/enses versize ound Flush Button ens ontacts ontacts Terminal Solder Tab PB HAB-M HAB-A HAA-B-j HAA--k* Gold SPDT DPDT HA- HA- HA-V HA-V elays & Sockets versize Square HAB-M HAB-A versize ound Extended HAA-B-j Silver SPDT DPDT Mushroom Timers HAB-M HAB-A. In place of j specify Button olor ode from table on right.. In place of k specify ens olor ode from table on right.. *requires HA-M or HA-A operator instead of HAB-M or HAB-A. 4. **requires HA-M or HA-A instead of HAB-M or HAB-A. versize Square Flush versize Square Extended HAA-B-j HAA--k** HAA-B-j ontactors Mushroom HAA-B-j HAA--k Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers HA-5 HA-6 HA-5V HA-6V Safety ever ock HA9Z-S j Button olor ode olor ode Black B Green G ed Blue White Yellow S W Y k ens olor ode olor ode Amber A Green ed Blue Yellow White G S Y W 54

57 ø6mm - 6 Series Key features: PB or Solder Terminals ocking ever emovable ontact Blocks Positive Action ontacts or form B (SPST-N) ontacts IP65 Protection 6mm Mounting Hole Tamper Proof onstruction File No. DK95-8 SA File No. 45 HAB/HAE E-Stop U ecognized File No. E55996 Specifications ontact Form or form B (SPST-N) Termination PB or Solder Terminal ontact Material Silver Applicable Standards EN , U58, SA.. No. 4 ated Insulation Voltage 5V A/D Degree of Protection IP65 onditional Short-ircuit urrent and Short-ircuit Protective Device Positive opening travel Positive pening peration Minimum force required to achieve positive opening operation of all break contacts. Maximum travel including travel beyond the minimum travel position Maximum frequency of actuation 5 A (at 5V) A 5V Fuse, operation class M according to IE69- and IE69-.4mm. N ( form B contacts) 5.5mm, operations/hour Pollution Degree Positive Action E-Stop E-Stop peration ontact Pushlock/ Turn eset Short Body DPST(N) ( form B) SPST-N ( form B) DPST-N ( form B). Button is non-removable, available in red and as complete assembled unit only.. E-Stop does not come with safety lever lock. Buzzers (IP4) Buzzer-ectangular perating Voltage Direct pening Action Nameplates HAAV Yellow Plastic ø4mm Marking Blank Engraved Emergency Stop Accessories: Shroud HAAV- HAAV-7 Terminal Applicable Standards Solder Tab PB HAB-VE HAE-VS HAE-VS Terminal Solder/ PB Tab 6V A/D ± % AZ- AZ-V V to 4 A/D ± % AZ-4 AZ-4V HAB- VEV A9Z-KG SEMI S ompliant (Approved by TUV) Buzzer atings Frequency khz ± 5 HZ Amplitude (at rated voltage) perating Voltage 6V A/D or - 4V A/D ± % Adjustable ycle 55 to 6 cycles per minute urrent Draw D: 7mA A: ma ife hrs. minimum Insulation Voltage 6V A/D perating Temperature - to 55º (no freezing), 45 to 85% H Degree of Protection IP4 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 55

58 ø6mm - 6 Series Pilot ights versize ound Terminal Solder Tab PB Pilot ights (Assembled) kens/ed olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed Signaling ights versize Square HAP-l-k HAP-lV-k Blue S White W Yellow Y lvoltage/amp ode Voltage ode HAP-l-k HAP-lV-k 5V D ED 6V A/D ED elays & Sockets versize ound Unibody HAP-l-k V A/D ED 4V A/D ED 4 V A ED 8 6V A/D Incandescent 5 V A/D Incandescent 6 4V A/D Incandescent 7 versize Square Unibody Timers HAP-l-k. In place of k specify ens/ed olor ode from table.. In place of l specify Voltage ode from table. ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors 56

59 ø6mm - 6 Series Pilot ights (Sub-Assembled) Terminals + Safety ever ock + amp Holder + amp + perator + ens = ompleted Unit perators versize ound versize Square versize ound Unibody versize Square Unibody HAP- HAP- HAP- HAP- enses versize ound versize Square amps ED HAA-P-k HAA-P-k In place of k specify lens color code. Voltage Incandescent 5V D 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D FTD-5k FTD-6k FTD-k FTD-k FTD-Hk H-6 H-4 H-8 In place of k specify ED color code from table below. Terminals Solder Tab PB HA- Not required for unibody operators. amp Holder Safety ever ock k ens/ed olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S Yellow Y White W HA9Z-AH HA9Z-S HA-V Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 57

60 ø6mm - 6 Series Signaling ights elays & Sockets Illuminated Pushbuttons versize ound versize Square Mushroom peration ontact Momentary Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Maintained SPDT DPDT SPDT DPDT SPDT DPDT SPDT DPDT SPDT DPDT SPDT DPDT Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Solder Tab HA-M5l-k HA-M6l-k HA-A5l-k HA-A6l-k HA-M5l-k HA-M6l-k HA-A5l-k HA-A6l-k HA-M5l-k HA-M6l-k HA-A5l-k HA-A6l-k Terminal PB HA-MlV-k HA-MlV-k HA-AlV-k HA-AlV-k HA-MlV-k HA-MlV-k HA-AlV-k HA-AlV-k HA-MlV-k HA-MlV-k HA-AlV-k HA-AlV-k kens olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S Yellow Y White W lvoltage/amp ode Voltage ode 5V D ED 6V A/D ED V A/D ED 4V A/D ED 4 V A ED 8 6V A/D Incandescent 5 V A/D Incandescent 6 4V A/D Incandescent 7 Timers. In place of k specify ens olor ode from table.. In place of l specify Voltage ode from table.. PB terminal models also available with silver contacts change or to 5 or 6 respectively, (ie A- M4V-j becomes A-M54V-j). 4. ight independent of switch position. ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors 58

61 ø6mm - 6 Series Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) Terminals + Safety ever ock + amp Holder + amp + perator + ens = ompleted Unit perators versize ound versize Square Mushroom Momentary Maintained k ens/ed olor odes olor Amber Green ed Blue Yellow White ode A G S Y W HA-M HA-M HAB-M HA-A HA-A HAB-A enses versize ound versize Square Mushroom HAA--k HAA--k HAA--k In place of k specify lens color code. amps ED Voltage Incandescent ontacts amp Holder Gold Silver Safety ever ock 5V D 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D ontacts SPDT DPDT SPDT DPDT FTD-5k FTD-6k FTD-k FTD-k FTD-Hk H-6 H-4 H-8 Terminal Solder PB Tab HA- HA- HA-5 HA-6 HA9Z-AH HA9Z-S HA-V HA-V HA-5V HA-6V Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 59

62 ø6mm - 6 Series Signaling ights elays & Sockets Selector Switches versize ound Position ontact 9 -Position 45 -Position Maintained Spring return from right Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left -Way spring return Selector Switches (Assembled) Solder Tab Terminal PB DPDT HAS-6 HAS-V DPDT HAS-6 HAS-V DPDT HAS-6 HAS-V DPDT HAS-6 HAS-V ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers DPDT HAS-6 HAS-V DPDT HAS-6 HAS-V. All assembled selector switches use DPDT contacts.. For SPDT contacts see sub-components on next page.. PB terminal models also available with silver contacts change or to 5 or 6 respectively, (ie AS-V becomes AS-6V). ontact perations (for all selectors) ontacts -pos. (DPDT) -pos. (DPDT) eft ight eft enter ight perator Position and ontact peration eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N As viewed from front of switch. 5

63 ø6mm - 6 Series perators versize ound Safety ever ock Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) ontact + Safety ever ock + perator = omplete Part Position Function HA9Z-S Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both HAS-Y HAS-Y HAS-Y HAS-Y HAS-Y HAS-Y ontacts Gold Silver ontacts SPDT DPDT SPDT DPDT Terminal Solder PB Tab HA- HA- HA-5 HA-6. All assembled switches listed on previous page use DPDT contacts.. SPDT ontacts for use on position selector switch only HA-V HA-V HA-5V HA-6V Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 5

64 ø6mm - 6 Series Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Key Switches versize ound Position ontact 9 -Position 45 -Position Maintained Spring return from right Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left -Way spring return Key Switches (Assembled) Solder Tab Terminal PB DPDT HAK-6l HAK-Vl DPDT HAK-6B HAK-VB DPDT HAK-6l HAK-Vl DPDT HAK-6l HAK-Vl DPDT HAK-6l HAK-Vl DPDT HAK-6D HAK-VD. In place of l specify Key etention ode from next page.. All assembled key switches have DPDT contacts. For SPDT see sub-assembled on next page.. PB terminal models also available with silver contacts change or to 5 or 6 respectively, (ie AK-Vl becomes AK-6Vl). ontact perations (for all selectors) ontacts -pos. (DPDT) -pos. (DPDT) eft ight eft enter ight perator Position and ontact peration As viewed from front of switch. eft ight ontact ontact N N N N ircuit Breakers eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N l Key etention ption odes ode A B D E G H Description Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions) Key retained in right position only Key retained in left position only Key retained in left and right ( position only) Key retained in center only ( position only) Key retained right and center ( position only) Key retained left and center ( position only) Key cannot be removed from a spring-return position. 5

65 ø6mm - 6 Series perators versize ound Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) ontact + Safety ever ock + perator = omplete Part Position Function. In place of l specify key removable code from table on right.. perator includes two keys. Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both HAK-l HAK-B HAK-l HAK-l HAK-l HAK-D ontacts Gold Silver ontacts SPDT DPDT SPDT DPDT Terminal Solder PB Tab HA- HA- HA-5 HA-6. All assembled switches listed on previous page use DPDT contacts.. SPDT ontacts for use on position selector switch only Safety ever ock HA9Z-S l Key etention ption odes ode Description Key not retained in any position A (removable in all positions) B Key retained in right position only Key retained in left position only Key retained in left and right D ( position only) Key retained in center only E ( position only) Key retained right and center G ( position only) Key retained left and center H ( position only) HA-V HA-V HA-5V HA-6V Key cannot be removed from a spring-return position. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 5

66 ø6mm - 6 Series Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Illuminated Selector Switches ound Square ectangular Position ontact 9 -Position 45 -Position 9 -Position 45 -Position 9 -Position Maintained Spring return from right Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left -Way spring return Maintained Spring return from right Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left -Way spring return Maintained Spring return from right Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Solder Tab Terminal PB DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k ontact perations (for all selectors) ontacts -pos. (DPDT) -pos. (DPDT) eft ight eft enter ight perator Position and ontact peration As viewed from front of switch. k ens/ed olor odes eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N olor ode olor ode Amber A Blue S Green G Yellow Y ed White W ontactors 45 -Position Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k l Voltage/amp ode Voltage ode 5V D ED 6V A/D ED V A/D ED -Way spring return DPDT AF-6l-k AF-lV-k 4V A/D ED 4 V A ED 8 Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers versize ound 9 -Position 45 -Position Maintained Spring return from right Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left -Way spring return DPDT HAF-6l-k HAF-lV-k DPDT HAF-6l-k HAF-lV-k DPDT HAF-6l-k HAF-lV-k DPDT HAF-6l-k HAF-lV-k DPDT HAF-6l-k HAF-lV-k DPDT HAF-6l-k HAF-lV-k 6V A/D Incandescent 5 V A/D Incandescent 6 4V A/D Incandescent 7. In place of k specify ens/ed olor ode from table above.. In place of l specify Voltage ode from table above.. All switches listed have DPDT contacts. For SPDT see sub-assembled on next page. 4. PB terminal models also available with silver contacts change or to 5 or 6 respectively, (ie AF-4V-k becomes AF-64V-k). 5. ight independent of switch position. 54

67 ø6mm - 6 Series perators ound Square Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) ontacts + Safety ever ock + amp Holder + amp + perator + ens/handle = ompleted Unit ectangular versize ound ontacts Gold Silver Position Function ontacts SPDT DPDT SPDT DPDT Terminal Solder PB Tab HA- HA- HA-5 HA-6 HA-V HA-V HA-5V HA-6V All assembled selectors on previous pages use DPDT contacts. SPDT contacts are for use only on two position selectors. Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both Maintained Spring from right Maintained Spring from right Spring from left Spring from both enses/handles Standard versize AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- AF- HAF- HAF- HAF- HAF- HAF- HAF- AA-F-k HAA-F-k In place of k specify lens color code from table. Safety ever ock amp Holder amps ED HA9Z-S HA9Z-AH Voltage Incandescent 5V D 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D FTD-5k FTD-6k FTD-k FTD-k FTD-Hk H-6 H-4 H-8 In place of k specify ED color code from table below. k ens/ed olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S Yellow Y White W Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 55

68 ø6mm - 6 Series Pushbutton Selectors Pushbutton Selectors (Assembled) j Button olor odes Terminal Solder Tab PB olor Amber ode A olor Blue ode S Position HA-6-j HA-V-j Green G Yellow Y Position HA-6-j HA-V-j ed White W Signaling ights elays & Sockets. In place of j specify Button olor ode.. PB terminal models also available with silver contacts (change or to 5 or 6 respectively, ie HA-V-j becomes HA-6V-j).. Pushed position, momentary only. ontact peration Position Position perator Position eft enter ight Normal Pushed Normal Pushed Normal Pushed eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N Blocked eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N ontact peration ontacts -pos. (DPDT) -pos. (DPDT) -pos. (DPDT) perator Position and ontact Information Maintained Spring from Top Spring eturn from Bottom All models As viewed from front of switch. Down enter Up eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight ontact ontact N N N N eft ight eft ight eft ight ontact ontact ontact ontact ontact ontact N N N N N N N N N N N N Timers ever Switches Terminal Type peration ontacts Solder Tab PB U Maintained DPDT AT-6 AT-V D -Position Spring return from top D U DPDT AT-6 AT-V ontactors Spring return from bottom Maintained U D U D DPDT AT-6 AT-V DPDT AT-6 AT-V U Terminal Blocks -Position Spring return from top Spring return from bottom Spring return from both D U D U D DPDT AT-6 AT-V DPDT AT-6 AT-V DPDT AT-6 AT-V ircuit Breakers. PB terminal models also available with silver contacts (change or to 5 or 6 respectively, ie AT-V becomes AT-6V).. Terminology: U = up, D = down, = center. 56

69 ø6mm - 6 Series Switch Engraving rder Form 6 Series opy this order form and use it to specify etter Height, Maximum Number of ines and Text to be engraved. To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDE representative or Distributor. Your ompany: Name: Address: P: Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options: # of ines ectangular Switch etter Height Max. haracters Per ine # of ines etter Height Telephone: Fax: to be Engraved: Square Switch Max. haracters Per ine # of ines etter Height ound Switch Max. haracters Per ine 5/ 6 5/ 5 5/ 5/ 6 5/ 5 /8 /8 6 /8 6 ustom* /8 6 /8 6 ustom* 4 N/A 4 N/A 4 N/A Enter text to be engraved: ine : ine : ine : ine 4: For IDE Internal Use nly: Work rder #:. Above mentioned specifications hold true for standard size pushbuttons (round, square and rectangular).. versize pushbuttons and pilot lights allow you to engrave additional character.. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-iilluminated push buttons and on marking plate for illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights. 4. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters. *Engraving is possible, but character size will be smaller than standard sizes. Sample etter Sizes /8 etters: 5/ etters: Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 57

70 ø6mm - 6 Series Accessories Item Appearance Specifications Notes ing Wrench Made of metal MT- Used for tightening the plastic locking ring when installing the 6 series unit on a panel. Tightening torque should not exceed 9kgf cm when tightening the locking ring. amp Holder Tool (Made of ubber) Made of rubber. Used for removing and replacing ED and incandescent lamps in illuminated units. -44 ubber tool used for replacing ED and incandescent lamps. Signaling ights ens emoval Tool For Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights. MT- Used for removing the lens or button from the housing. ED amp 5V D 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A FTD-5k FTD-6k FTD-k FTD-k FTD-Hk T -/4 miniature flange base. In place of j specify ED olor ode (A, G,, S, W, Y). elays & Sockets Incandescent amp Switch Guard 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D 8 degrees opening, spring return versize ound/sq H-6 H-4 H-8 HA9Z-K.5W, T -/4 miniature flange base Prevents inadvertent switch operation. IP65 oiltight rated. All removable contacts H6-V overs terminals to prevent possible electric shock. Terminal over Made of white nylon Unibody Pilot ights H6-PV Timers Mounting Hole Plug ubber Aluminum A-B6 A-BM6 Fills unused panel cutouts. Made of nitrile rubber. Pushin installation from front of panel. IP65 (oiltight) rated. Fills unused panel cutouts. Made of aluminum. Screwon locking ring from inside of panel. IP65 (oiltight) rated. eplacement Keys for HAK (#) oversize KG9Z-SK Pair of keys. ontactors eplacement Engraving Inserts versize ound versize Square Mushroom HA9Z-P-W HA9Z-P-W HA9Z-P-W eplacement ocking ing All models HA9Z-N Terminal Blocks eplacement Anti-otation ing eplacement Selector Inserts 6 oversize HA9Z-P HA9Z-H-j Prevents rotation of switches in panel. (included with all assembled switches) Applicable to round oversize selectors only j = (G,, S, W, Y) eplacement Safety ever ock HA9Z-S ircuit Breakers 58

71 ø6mm - 6 Series Item Appearance Description Used With Flush Bezel Switch Guard w/ Flush Bezel (spring return) Flush bezels not applicable for oversize units. ever Switches (AT).8 4 Emergency Stop Switch (HAB) ø.8" (mm).6" (5.5mm) + N N - ø.7" (7.8mm) K ø8.6" (5.8mm).4" (8.7mm)." (5.4mm) ø4mm round, metal (aluminum color), panel cut-out ø.mm ø4mm round, plastic (black), panel cut-out ø.mm 4mm square, plastic (black), panel cut-out.mm 4 x mm rectangular, plastic (black), panel cut-out ø. x 6.mm ectangular, plastic (black) Dimensions (mm) Buzzer (AZ) ø PB Terminal 5.8." (5.mm) ubber Washer Stopper ocking ing.4" (6mm) Emergency Stop Switch (HAE) - Short Body.4" (.5mm) 7.8.5" (.5mm) K Panel Thickness."-.4" (.5~6.mm).4" (mm).98" (5mm) P Board Terminal.8W.5t Illuminated selector switches Switch + Flush Bezel = Flush Switch Tab Terminal.8W.5t Ø.98" (4.9mm) Panel Thickness.5 to 6 A9Z-SM6 A9Z-S6B A9Z-S7B A9Z-S8B A9Z-KS8 4 8 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 59

72 ø6mm - 6 Series Illuminated Selector Switches (A*F) Panel Thickness.5 to 6 Gasket ocking ing T P K Anti-rotation ing K P Board Terminal Width.8.5t Tab Terminal Width.8.5t ound Square ectangular ø8 Signaling ights ø 5.8 N N 7.8 N N P Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal P Board Drilling ayout (Bottom View) elays & Sockets Panel ut-ut ø6. +. Illuminated Pushbuttons, Illuminated Selector Switches Pilot ights, Selector Switches, Key Selector Switches Pushbutton ever Switches ircuit Breakers Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ø. Hole ø. Hole ø. Hole HAB E-Stop PB Mounting Pattern." (5.mm)." (5.mm) 5." (5.4mm).4" (8.7mm) Ø.5" (.mm) versize Flush Pushbutton and Pilot ights N N N N. [5.9].4 [.].94 [4.] 5

73 ø6mm - 6 Series versize Extended Non-Illuminated Pushbutton versize Unibody Pilot ights Mushroom Pushbuttons N N N N N N N versize Selector Switch N N N N N.48 [7.5].79 [.].59 [5.].77 [9.5].8 [.].94 [.8] Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 5

74 ø6mm - 6 Series versize Key Switch N N N N Signaling ights ever Switch N N N N.54 [9.] elays & Sockets Flush Bezel.94 [.8] Selector Switches Mounting Bracket Gasket Flush Bezel Metal Plastic Illuminated ever Timers ontactors ound Square ectangular ø ø ø8 ø ø4 ø8 4 7 Terminal Blocks Flush Bezel Mounting Hole ayout ound Square ectangular +. ø ircuit Breakers 4 min. 4 min. 4 min min. 4 min. min. 5

75 ø6mm - 6 Series Terminal onfigurations A-K6SP Non Illuminated Pushbutton Pilot ights Illuminated Pushbuttons Buzzer H6-V TP N N N N 47 TP 5 4 amp Terminal (+) amp Terminal ( ) 7.6 A-B6 ø8 ø6.5 6 TP amp Terminal (+) amp Terminal ( ) A-BM6 FTD ED amp.5 Internal ircuit ø7.8 Gasket A-B6 ø8 ø6.5 6 ocking ing Panel Thickness.5 to 6 TP N N N N Input Terminal () Steady Slow Quick ED hip Protective Diode Zener Diode Input Terminal () Buzzer Sound Switch Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 5

76 ø6mm - 6 Series Signaling ights Pushbutton Assembly amp Installation amps can be replaced in two ways:. If contacts are accessible (or pushbutton not installed in a panel) then it is easiest to first remove the contacts from the operator. This will allow easy access to the lamp/lamp-holder assembly. Grab lamp, depress slightly, and turn counter clockwise. amp can then be removed by pushing it back through the lamp holder.. If contacts are not accessible, then the lamp can be replaced by first removing the lens from the operator. Just pull lens straight out either with a fingernail or optional lens removal tool (MT-). amp/lamp-holder assembly can then be removed with lamp removal tool (-44). Insert lamp removal tool through operator, depress slightly, turn counter clockwise, then pull lamp/lamp-holder assembly out. amp can then be removed by pushing it back through the lamp holder. General Instructions elays & Sockets Engraving enses All buttons and lenses can be engraved directly on the outside surface. Illuminated lenses also allow for engraving on a plate that is underneath the colored section of the lens. emove the colored section of the lens by pulling on the edge while simultaneously unhooking it from the latches on the lens holder. The marking plate will then be accessible. It can then be engraved or a thin marked insert (such as mylar or paper) can be sandwiched between the marking plate and colored section of the lens. Grooves Fitting Grooves Engraving Surface olor ens Marking Plate ens Holder Timers Panel Mounting Before any unit can be mounted into a panel, the contact block must be removed. Slide metal locking lever and pull contact off. oosen and remove the locking ring and square anti-rotation ring from the operator and insert operator through panel cutout from the front of the panel. Slide on anti-rotation ring and tighten locking ring, using locking ring wrench (MT-). Slide contact block onto operator, observing TP marking on both parts. Slide metal locking lever in direction indicated by K. The yellow plastic safety lever lock can then be snapped onto the locking lever; this will prevent vibration or maintenance actions from releasing the contact from the operator. ontactors Terminal Blocks PB Mounting Being able to separate the contacts from the operator allows for assembly of the front panel components (operator and lens) to be performed in tandem with the P board assembly and soldering. For applications where multiple rows of pushbuttons are mounted closely together, or where other components may obstruct access to the contact locking lever, be sure to include access holes in the P board (refer to P board layout dimensions for location). Also be sure to allow for space above and to the side of contact to ensure that no components block the contact block locking lever. P board pins are designed to rest on the PB, take this into consideration to ensure that pins do not short closely spaced traces. ircuit Breakers 54

77 ømm W E-Stops mm W E-Stops Key features: The depth behind the panel is only 48.7 mm for to 4 contacts (with terminal cover) for illuminated and non-illuminated units. IDE s original Safe break action ensures that the N contacts open when the contact block is detached from the operator. to 4N main contacts and or N monitor contacts Push-to-lock, Pull or Turn-to-reset operator Safety lock mechanism (IE , 6.) Degree of protection IP65 (IE659) Fingersafe (IP) terminals Two button sizes: ø4 and ø6 mm Push-N illumination type available (4mm mushroom head) Direct opening action mechanism (IE , 5., IE , Annex K) ohs compliant (EU directive /95/E). U c-u listed. EN compliant U NISD category emergency stop device (File# E548) Specifications Applicable Standards IE , EN , IE , EN , U58, U99, SA. No. 4 perating Temperature perating Humidity Storage Temperature perating Force Non-illuminated: 5 to +6 (no freezing), Illuminated: 5 to +55 (no freezing) 45 to 85% H (no condensation) 45 to +8 Push-to-lock: N Pull-to-reset: N Turn-to-reset:.7N m Minimum Force equired for Direct pening Action 8N Min perator Stroke equired for Direct pening Action 4mm Maximum perator Stroke 4.5mm ontact esistance 5mΩ maximum (initial value) ontact Material Gold plated silver Insulation esistance MΩ minimum (5V D megger) Impulse Withstand Voltage.5kV Pollution Degree peration Frequency 9 operations/hour Shock esistance perating extremes: 5m/s (5G), Damage limits: m/s (G) Vibration esistance perating extremes: to 5Hz, amplitude.5mm acceleration 5m/s Damage limits: to 5Hz, amplitude.5mm acceleration 5m/s Mechanical ife 5, operations minimum Electrical ife, operations minimum, (5, operations 4V A/D, ma) Degree of Protection perator: IP65 (IE659) Terminal: IP (when W9Z-VMF is installed) Terminal M. screw terminal ecommended Tightening Torque for ocking ing.n m Wire Size 6 AWG max Weight ø4mm: 7g ø6mm: 8g U File #E6896 No Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 55

78 ømm W E-Stops Signaling ights elays & Sockets s perator Type Monitor ontact Main ontact Non-Illuminated Illuminated 4mm Mushroom 6mm Mushroom 4mm Mushroom ED with built-in 4V A/D ED. The light is independent of the position of the switch, except for push-on ED type.. The light only operates when the switch is pressed as it is internally wired. N N WE-BV4M- N WE-BV4M- N N WE-BV4M- N N WE-BV4M- 4N WE-BV44M- N N WE-BV5M- N WE-BV5M- N N WE-BV5M- N N WE-BV5M- 4N WE-BV54M- N N WE-V4Q4M- N WE-V4Q4M- N N WE-V4Q4M- N N WE-V4Q4M- 4N WE-V44Q4M- 4mm Mushroom Push-N ED N N WE-TV4Q4M- W Series EM Switches N Main ontact N Monitor ontact Timers ontactors N - WE-BV4M-H-EM 4mm Mushroom N - WE-BV4M-H-EM N - WE-BV4M-H-EM 4N - WE-BV44M-H-EM N N WE-BV4M-H-EM N N WE-BV4M-H-EM N N WE-BV4M-H-EM N N WE-BV4M-H-EM FB Enclosures with W E-Stops N ontact N ontact N FBW-WE-BV4M Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 4mm Push-lock Turn/Pull eset Non-Illuminated 4mm Push-lock Turn/Pull eset Illuminated* 6mm Push-lock Turn/Pull eset Non-Illuminated N N FBW-WE-BV4M N N FBW-WE-BV4M N N FBW-WE-BV4M 4N FBW-WE-BV44M N FBW-WE-V4M N N FBW-WE-V4M N N FBW-WE-V4M N N FBW-WE-V4M 4N FBW-WE-V44M N FBW-WE-BV5M N N FBW-WE-BV5M N N FBW-WE-BV5M For added safety, Switch Guards and Nameplates can be used with E-Stop Enclosures N N FBW-WE-BV5M *ED illumination voltage: 4V A/D 4N FBW-W4E-BV54M 56

79 ømm W E-Stops ontact atings ated Insulation Voltage (Ui) ated urrent (Ith) 5V ated perating Voltage (Ue) V 5V 5V ated perating urrent Main ontacts (N) Monitor ontacts (N) A 5/6Hz D A 5/6Hz D 5A esistive oad (A-) 5A A Inductive oad (A-5) A.5A esistive oad (D-) A.4A.A Inductive oad (D-) A.A.A esistive oad (A-).A.6A Inductive oad (A-4).6A.A esistive oad (D-) A.4A.A Inductive oad (D-) A.A.A Minimum applicable load: 5V A/D, ma (reference value). The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specified in IE Illuminated Unit ED atings perating Voltage 4V A/D ±% Depth Behind the Panel Depth (mm) urrent 5mA Description contacts, both illuminated and non-illuminated Mounting Hole ayout øa Y Panel utout.8 max. ø. +.4 Panel ut-out Measurements Size øa & Y 4mm mm min Key WE - V 4 Q4M - Illumination B: Non-Illuminated : Illuminated ED T: Illuminated Push-N ED Mushroom Size 4: ø4mm 5: ø6mm (non-illuminated only) ontact onfiguration : N - N : N : N - N 4: 4N : N-N : N-N (Push-N ED only) : N (EM switch only) : N (EM switch only) Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View) 4N N-N N N-N N-N N-N Non-Illuminated * * TP * * * Illuminated * * * * TP * * ED * * * * * * * * * TP * * *4 TP * * * ED *4 * * * * * * * * * TP * *4 *4 TP * * *4 ED *4 * * * * * * * * * * *4 TP TP * * * *4 ED *4 * * * * * * * * * TP * *4 *4 * TP * *4 ED *4 * * * * * Push-N TP 4 ED Terminal Marking Description olor : red H-EM: red with EM engraving Voltage ode Blank: Non-illuminated Q4: Illuminated 4V A/D TP ontact Type -: N main contact -4: N monitor contact ontact Number (-4) Starting with the contact on TP in a 4 counterclockwise direction. Note: (Example: N-N contact) : contact on the TP : contact on the eft : contact on the Bottom 4: contact on the ight 4 4 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 57

80 ømm W E-Stops W Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover) Panel Thickness Panel.8 Thickness to 6.8 to ø Dimensions (mm) W ED Illuminated/Push-N (with terminal cover).8 max. ø. Illuminated Panel Thickness.8.8 to to max. ø Signaling ights ø. M Terminal Screw 8.5. ED Push-N Type.8 max Panel ut-out Terminal over W9Z-VM M Terminal Screw 7 7 Gasket.5 ocking ing Gasket ocking ing Panel ut-out Push-N 8.5. ø4 M Terminal Screw 7 Gasket ocking ing ing.5 Panel ut-out ø4 M Terminal Screw 7.5 ø4 IP Protection over W9Z-VMF 48.7 ø6 Terminal over IP Protection over W9Z-VM W9Z-VMF ø4mm Button Terminal over W9Z-VM elays & Sockets ø4mm Button ø6mm Button EM.8 max..8 max ø. +.4 ø. +.4 Timers Panel ut-out Panel ut-out M Terminal Screw ubber Gasket ø M Terminal Screw ubber Gasket ø4 7 7 ontactors Terminal over W9Z-VMF ocking ing Panel Thickness.8 to 6 Accessories: Terminal overs Terminal over W9Z-VM Appearance Description s ocking ing Panel Thickness.8 to 6 Accessories: Shrouds Appearance s E-Stop Types Applicable Standards Terminal over for contact block W9Z-VM HW9Z-KG 4mm Mushroom Head SEMI S-7,.5. ompliant Terminal Blocks Accessories: Nameplates IP Fingersafe over W9Z-VMF Appearance egend Inner Ø uter Ø (blank) HWAV- mm 6mm HW9Z-KG HW9Z-KG 4mm, and 6mm Mushroom Head 4mm Mushroom Head SEMI S-7,.5. & SEMATEH ompliant SEMI S ompliant (Approved by TUV) ircuit Breakers Emergency Stop HWAV-7 mm 6mm Emergency Stop HWAV5- mm 8mm (blank) HWAV5-7 mm 8mm Use 6mm nameplates for 4mm mushroom buttons and 8mm nameplates for 6mm mushroom buttons. HW9Z-KG4 4mm Mushroom Head SEMI S ompliant (Approved by TUV) & SEMATEH 58

81 ømm W E-Stops emoving the ontact Block First unlock the operator button. Grab the bayonet ring j and pull back the bayonet ring until the latch pin clicks k, then turn the contact block counterclockwise and pull out l. k Turn counterclockwise j Grab k Pull Notes for removing the contact block j Grab perating Instructions Installing the ontact Block Bayonet ing. When the contact block is removed, the monitor contact (N contact) is closed.. While removing the contact block, do not exert excessive force, otherwise the switch may be damaged.. An ED lamp is built into the contact block for illuminated pushbuttons. When removing the contact block, pull the contact block straight to prevent damage to the ED lamp. If excessive force is exerted, the ED lamp may be damaged and fail to light. Panel Mounting emove the locking ring from the operator and check that the rubber gasket is in place. Insert the operator from panel front into the panel hole. Face the side without thread on the operator with TP marking upward, and tighten the locking ring using ring wrench MW9Z-T to a torque of. N m maximum. perator without thread TP marking ubber Gasket Notes for Panel Mounting ocking ing To prevent the W emergency stop switch from rotating when resetting from the latched position, use of an anti-rotation ring (HW9Z-) or a nameplate is recommended. First unlock the operator button. Align the small t marking on the edge of the operator with the small s marking on the yellow bayonet ring. Hold the contact block, not the bayonet ring. Press the contact block onto the operator and turn the contact block clockwise until the bayonet ring clicks. q marking p marking j Push Notes for installing the contact block k Turn clockwise Make sure that the bayonet ring is in the locked position. heck that the two projections on the bayonet ring are securely in place. Wiring Projections atched The applicable wire size is 6 AWG maximum. Unlatched Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 59

82 ømm W E-Stops Signaling ights Screw Terminal. Wire thickness: AWG8 to 6. Tighten the M terminal screw to a tightening torque of.6 to. N m. Installing and emoving Terminal overs W9Z-VM To install the terminal cover, align the TP marking on the terminal cover with the TP marking on the contact block. Place the two projections on the bottom side of the contact block into the slots in the terminal cover. Press the terminal cover toward the contact block. TP marking IP Protection Terminal over W9Z-VMF To install the IP protection cover, align the TP marking on the cover with the TP marking on the contact block, and press the cover toward the contact block. TP marking (Press) TP marking elays & Sockets Timers ontactors j Place the projections on the contact block k Press the terminal cover To remove the terminal cover, pull out the two latches on the top side of the terminal cover. Do not exert excessive force to the latches, otherwise the latches may break. TP Markings Pull out the latches. nce installed, the W9Z-VMF cannot be removed.. The W9Z-VMF cannot be installed after wiring.. With the W9Z-VMF installed, crimping terminals cannot be used. 4. Make sure that the W9Z-VMF is securely installed. IP protection cannot be achieved when installed loosely, and electric shocks may occur. ontact Bounce When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the N main contacts will bounce. When pressing the button, the N monitor contacts will bounce. When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consideration (reference value: ms). ED Illuminated Switches ED lamp is built into the contact block and cannot be replaced. Installing the Anti-rotation ing HW9Z- Align the side without thread on the operator with TP marking, the small s marking on the anti-rotation ring, and the recess on the mounting panel. Without thread marking on the anti-rotation ring TP marking Terminal Blocks Anti-rotation ing (HW9Z-) ircuit Breakers 5

83 ømm - W Series ø Flush Mount W Flush bezel projects only.5mm from front of panel and only 9.9mm behind the panel! Key features: ø.mm mounting hole compliant with IE mm operator travel for pushbuttons ensures comfortable and reliable operation Black and metallic bezels available Illuminated pushbuttons, pushbuttons, pilot lights, selector switches and key selector switches are available Direct opening N contact Seven different keys can be chosen for key selector switches A contact rating; up to three contact blocks for non-illuminated and two contact blocks for illuminated models can be connected ontact blocks can be removed by locking lever IP finger-safe screw terminals IP65 degree of protection (IE 659) from panel front Applicable Standards Mark File No. or rganization U58 U/c-U File No. E6896 SA. No.4 EN TÜV SÜD E ow Voltage Directive Specifications perating Temperature Non-illuminated: 5 to +6 (no freezing) ED illuminated: 5 to +55 (no freezing) perating Humidity 45 to 85% H (no condensation) Storage Temperature 4 to +8 ontact esistance 5 mω maximum (initial value) Insulation esistance MΩ minimum (5V D megger) vervoltage ategory II (IE 6664-) Impulse Withstand Voltage.5 kv (IE6664-/ ) Pollution Degree (IE ) Vibration esistance perating extremes: 5 to 55Hz, amplitude.5 mm Shock esistance perating extremes: m/s Damage limits: m/s Mechanical ife (minimum operations) Electrical ife (minimum operations) Degree of Protection (IE659) Short-circuit Protection Electrical Shock Protection Terminal Bezel Material Applicable Wire Size ecommended Tightening Torque Pushbutton, illuminated pushbutton:,, Selector switch: 5, Key selector switch: 5, 5, (see ontact atings), (see ontact atings) (switching frequency 8 operations/h) Panel front: IP65 Type 4 ratings pending Terminals: IP 5V/A fuse, (Type am IE669-, IE669-) lass II (IE64) Screw terminal (M.5 slotted Phillips screw) Polyamide Up to wires of mm (solid wire ø.6) maximum (AWG4 to 6) (ing terminal cannot be used) Terminal:. to. N m ocking ring:. N m ontact atings ated Insulation Voltage (Ui) ated Thermal urrent (Ith) V ated perating Voltage (Ue) 4V V 4V ated perating urrent (Ie) ontact Material Electrical ife 5, operations Electrical ife, operations A 5/6 Hz D A 5/6 Hz D esistive oad (A-) Inductive oad (A-5) esistive oad (D-) Inductive oad (D-) esistive oad (A-) Inductive oad (A-5) esistive oad (D-) Inductive oad (D-) A A A 6A A 6A A 8A.A.A 4A.A.55A 5A 5A A 5A A.5A 4A.A.55A A.55A.7A Silver. Minimum applicable load (reference value): V A/D, 5 ma (Applicable range is subject to the operating conditions and load.). The operational current represents the classification by making and breaking currents (IE ).. U, c-u rating: A Direct pening of Key Selector Switch -position (N) -position (N) perator Angle for Direct pening Action 9 45 Minimum perator Torque for Direct. N m. N m pening Action Maximum perator Angle 9 45 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 5

84 ømm - W Series Weights Illuminated Pushbutton Pushbutton Pilot ight Selector Switch Key Selector Switch 46g (W-MEQH, contact blocks) 45g (WB-ME, contact blocks) 7g (WP-EQH) 48g (WS-E, contact blocks) 6g (WK-E, contact blocks) Signaling ights ED Module ated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 5V ated perating Voltage (Ue) 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D /V A /4V A perating Voltage ange 6V A/D±% V A/D±% 4V A/D±% /V A±% /4V A±% Illumination olor ode k A (amber), G (green), PW (white), (red), S (blue) ED Module W-EAQk W-EAQk W-EAQ4k W-EAQHk W-EAQM4k urrent Draw 5 ma 5 ma 6.5 ma 8 ma 8 ma ife (reference value) Approx., hours elays & Sockets Internal ircuit ED hip ectifying Diode Zener Diode esistor ED hip ectifying Diode Zener Diode esistor apacitor. Specify an illumination color code in place of k in the part number.. Use the white (PW) ED module for yellow illumination. Timers Mounting Hole ayout IE compliant.8 max.. +. ø. +.4 ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Note: Determine mounting centers to ensure proper spacing. 5

85 ømm - W Series ound Flush W- (black bezel) (metallic bezel) ound Extended W- (black bezel) (metallic bezel) perating Voltage 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D /V A /4V A 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D /V A /4V A ontact onfiguration Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Black Bezel Metallic Bezel N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N-N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N-N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQ4k W4- EQ4k N W- EQ4k W4- EQ4k N-N W- EQ4k W4- EQ4k N W- EQ4k W4- EQ4k N W- EQ4k W4- EQ4k N W- EQHk W4- EQHk N W- EQHk W4- EQHk N-N W- EQHk W4- EQHk N W- EQHk W4- EQHk N W- EQHk W4- EQHk N W- EQM4k W4- EQM4k N W- EQM4k W4- EQM4k N-N W- EQM4k W4- EQM4k N W- EQM4k W4- EQM4k N W- EQM4k W4- EQM4k N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N-N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N-N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQk W4- EQk N W- EQ4k W4- EQ4k N W- EQ4k W4- EQ4k N-N W- EQ4k W4- EQ4k N W- EQ4k W4- EQ4k N W- EQ4k W4- EQ4k N W- EQHk W4- EQHk N W- EQHk W4- EQHk N-N W- EQHk W4- EQHk N W- EQHk W4- EQHk N W- EQHk W4- EQHk N W- EQM4k W4- EQM4k N W- EQM4k W4- EQM4k N-N W- EQM4k W4- EQM4k N W- EQM4k W4- EQM4k N W- EQM4k W4- EQM4k Illumination olor ode k A: amber G: green PW: white : red S: blue Y: yellow A: amber G: green PW: white : red S: blue Y: yellow. Specify an illumination color code in place of k in the.. Specify function code in place of in the. M: momentary, A: maintained. See page 54 for dimensions. 4. See next page for replacement ED modules. 5. A dummy block is installed when one contact block is used. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 5

86 ømm - W Series Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-assembled) ontact Blocks + ED Module + Mounting Adapter + perator + ens = ompleted Unit Signaling ights elays & Sockets ontact Blocks ontacts N N ED Module Finger-safe screw terminal Dummy Block YW-E W-DB YW-E perators ens Momentary Maintained Black Bezel Metallic Bezel ound Flush W-M W4-M ound Extended W-M W4-M ound Flush W-A W4-A ound Extended W-A W4-A j ens/ed olor ode olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White PW Yellow Y k Voltage ode Voltage ode 6V A/D V A/D Timers W-EAQ kj ound Flush W9Z-j 4V A/D 4 /V A H /4V A M4. In place of j, specify the ens/ed olor ode from table.. In place of k, specify the Voltage ode from table.. Use PW ED for yellow lens. ound Extended W9Z-j ontactors ontact Block Mounting Adaptor. In place of j, specify the ens/ed olor ode from table. W-N ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 54

87 ømm - W Series ound Flush WB- (black bezel) ound Extended WB- (metallic bezel) ontact Blocks ontacts N N Finger-safe screw terminal Dummy Block Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) ontact onfiguration Black Bezel Metallic Bezel Button olor ode j N WB- Ej W4B- Ej N WB- Ej W4B- Ej N-N WB- Ej W4B- Ej N WB- Ej W4B- Ej N WB- Ej W4B- Ej N-N* WB-MEj W4B-MEj N-N* WB-MEj W4B-MEj N* WB-MEj W4B-MEj N* WB-MEj W4B-MEj N WB- Ej W4B- Ej N WB- Ej W4B- Ej N-N WB- Ej W4B- Ej N WB- Ej W4B- Ej N WB- Ej W4B- Ej N-N* WB-MEj W4B-MEj N-N* WB-MEj W4B-MEj N* WB-MEj W4B-MEj N* WB-MEj W4B-MEj B: black G: green : red S: blue W: white Y: yellow Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-assembled) ontact Blocks + ED Module + ens = ompleted Unit YW-E ontact Block Mounting Adaptor W-N W-DB YW-E perators* Black Bezel Metallic Bezel Momentary Maintained. Specify a button color code in place of j.. *perator button is not removable from operator. ound Flush WB-Mj W4B-Mj ound Extended WB-Mj W4B-Mj ound Flush WB-Aj W4B-Aj ound Extended WB-Aj W4B-Aj. Specify a button color code in place of j in the part number.. Specify function code in place of in the Part Number. M: momentary, A: maintained. See page 54 for dimensions. 4. Two or one dummy block is installed when one or two contact blocks are used, respectively. *These contact configurations are not available in maintained action j Button olor ode olor ode Black B Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 55

88 ømm - W Series Pilot ights (Assembled) perating Voltage Black Bezel Metallic Bezel Illumination olor ode k ound Flush ens WP- 6V A/D WP-EQk W4P-EQk V A/D WP-EQk W4P-EQk 4V A/D WP-EQ4k W4P-EQ4k Signaling ights (black bezel) ound Dome ens WP- /V A WP-EQHk W4P-EQHk /4V A WP-EQM4k W4P-EQM4k 6V A/D WP-EQk W4P-EQk V A/D WP-EQk W4P-EQk A: amber G: green : red S: blue PW: white Y: yellow 4V A/D WP-EQ4k W4P-EQ4k elays & Sockets (metallic bezel) /V A WP-EQHk W4P-EQHk /4V A WP-EQM4k W4P-EQM4k. Specify an illumination color code in place of k in the. See page 54 for dimensions.. See page 545 for replacement ED modules. 4. Two dummy blocks are installed. Pilot ights (Sub-assembled) ontact Blocks* + ED Module + Mounting Adapter + perator + ens = ompleted Unit Timers * dummy blocks are required for each completed pilot light. ontact Block ontact Block Mounting Adaptor ens ontactors ontacts ED Module Dummy Block W-DB W-N ound Flush ound Dome W9Z-j W9Z-5j perators. In place of j, specify the ens/ed olor ode from table. Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers W-EAQ kj. In place of j, specify the ens/ed olor ode from table.. In place of k, specify the Voltage ode from table.. Use PW ED for yellow lens. Black Bezel WP- Metallic Bezel W4P- j ens/ed olor ode olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White PW Yellow Y k Voltage ode Voltage ode 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D 4 /V A H /4V A M4 56

89 ømm - W Series Shape No. of Positions 9 -position WS (Knob perator) ontact onfiguration N () N () N-N () N () N () N-N () N-N () N () N () Mounting Position Selector Switches (Assembled) (black bezel) ontact Block perator Position N Type Dummy Dummy Dummy Dummy N N Dummy N N Dummy N N Dummy N N N N N N N N N N N N N. Specify a bezel color code in place of in the part number: (black bezel), 4 (metallic bezel).. ever operator is also available. For dimensions, see page To order a lever operator selector switch, insert before E in the knob operator part number. Example: Knob perator part number WS-E becomes WS-E for ever perator. ever perator WS- (black bezel) W4S- (metallic bezel) Maintained WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E (metallic bezel) ontact Block Mounting Position N N N Spring return from right WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E eft enter ight perator Position Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 57

90 ømm - W Series No. of Positions ontact onfiguration N-N () ontact Block Mounting Position perator Position Type N Dummy N Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left Spring return two-way WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E Signaling ights N-N (N) N-N (N) N-N (N) N Dummy N N N Dummy Dummy N N WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN elays & Sockets N-N (N4) N () Dummy N N N Dummy N WS-EN4 WS-EN4 WS-EN4 WS-EN4 WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E N (N) Dummy N N WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN Timers 45 -position N () N (N) N Dummy N Dummy N N WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN N-N () N N N WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E ontactors N-N (N) N-N () N N N N N N WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E Terminal Blocks N-N (N) N () N () N N N N N N N N N WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-EN WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E WS-E ircuit Breakers. Specify a bezel color code in place of in the, (black bezel), 4 (metallic bezel). For the contact block mounting position, see page 54.. ever operator is also available. For dimensions, see page To order a lever operator selector switch, insert before E in the knob operator part number. Example: Knob perator part number WS-E becomes WS-E for ever perator. 58

91 ømm - W Series ontact Blocks ontacts N N Finger-safe screw terminal Dummy Block Selector Switches (Sub-assembled) ontact Block + Mounting Adaptor + perator = ompleted Unit YW-E ontact Block Mounting Adaptor perators W-N W-DB YW-E Position Handle Description Black Bezel Metallic Bezel (knob operator shown) position position ever or knob is supplied with operator. Knob ever Knob ever Maintained WS- W4S- Spring return from right WS- W4S- Maintained WS- W4S- Spring return from right WS- W4S- Maintained WS- W4S- Spring return from right WS- W4S- Spring return from left WS- W4S- Spring return two-way WS- W4S- Maintained WS- W4S- Spring return from right WS- W4S- Spring return from left WS- W4S- Spring return two-way WS- W4S- Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 59

92 ømm - W Series Shape WK Key Selector Switches (Assembled) (black bezel) (metallic bezel) ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights No. of Positions 9 -position ontact onfiguration N () N () N-N () N () N () N-N () N-N () N () N () Mounting Position ontact Block perator Position Type N Dummy Dummy Dummy Dummy N N Dummy N N Dummy N N Dummy N N N N N N N N N N N N N Maintained WK-AE WK-AE WK-AE WK-AE WK-AE WK-AE WK-AE WK-AE WK-AE Spring return from right WK-BE WK-BE WK-BE WK-BE WK-BE WK-BE WK-BE WK-BE WK-BE. Specify a bezel color code in place of in the : (black bezel), 4 (metallic bezel).. n the spring-returned models, the key can be released only from the maintained position. n the maintained models, the key can be released from any position. Key retained positions are also available. See below.. Two keys are supplied. 4. Key cylinder material: Metal 5. Besides the standard key (key number H), six other keys are also available. See below. 6. For the contact block mounting position, see page For dimensions, see page When ordering an optional key or optional key retained positions, specify designation codes as shown below: Example: WK-AE-H (blank): H to H: H to 6H: Standard key (H, reversible) eversible key Non-reversible key Key removal position code -position A: emovable in all positions B: emovable in left only : emovable in right only Note: Key is retained in all spring-returned positions. Note: Key number is indicated on the key cylinder. Standard keys do not have a key number indication. -position A: emovable in all positions B: emovable in left and center : emovable in right and center D: emovable in center only E: emovable in right and left G: emovable in left only H: emovable in right only 54

93 ømm - W Series No. of Positions 45 -position ontact onfiguration N-N () N-N (N) N-N (N) N-N (N) N-N (N4) N () N (N) N () N (N) N-N () N-N (N) N-N () N-N (N) N () N () ontact Block Mounting Position perator Position Type N Dummy N N Dummy N N N Dummy Dummy N N Dummy N N N Dummy N Dummy N N N Dummy N Dummy N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Maintained. Specify a bezel color code in place of in the : (black bezel), 4 (metallic bezel). n the spring-returned types, the key can be released only from the maintained position. n the maintained types, the key can be released from every position. Key retained positions are also available. See page 54.. Two keys are supplied. 4. Key cylinder material: Metal 5. Besides the standard key (key number H), six other keys are also available. See page For the contact block mounting position, see right. 7. For dimensions, see page 544. Spring return from right Spring return from left Spring return two-way WK-AE WK-BE WK-E WK-DE WK-AEN WK-BEN WK-EN WK-DEN WK-AEN WK-BEN WK-EN WK-DEN WK-AEN WK-BEN WK-EN WK-DEN WK-AEN4 WK-BEN4 WK-EN4 WK-DEN4 WK-AE WK-BE WK-E WK-DE WK-AEN WK-BEN WK-EN WK-DEN WK-AE WK-BE WK-E WK-DE WK-AEN WK-BEN WK-EN WK-DEN WK-AE WK-BE WK-E WK-DE WK-AEN WK-BEN WK-EN WK-DEN WK-AE WK-BE WK-E WK-DE WK-AEN WK-BEN WK-EN WK-DEN WK-AE WK-BE WK-E WK-DE WK-AE WK-BE WK-E WK-DE ontact Block Mounting Position eft enter ight N N N perator Position Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 54

94 ømm - W Series Key Selector Switches (Sub-assembled) ontact Block + Mounting Adaptor + perator = ompleted Unit Signaling ights ontact Block ontacts N N ontact Block Mounting Adaptor Finger-safe screw terminal YW-E YW-E W-N elays & Sockets Dummy Block W-DB Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks perator Position Description Black Bezel Metallic Bezel Maintained, key removable all positions WK-A W4K-A position Maintained, key removed left only WK-B W4K-B Maintained, key removed right only WK- W4K- Spring return from right WK-B W4K-B Maintained, key removable all positions WK-A WK-A Maintained, key removed left and center only WK-B W4K-B Maintained, key removed right and center only WK- W4K- Maintained, key removed center only WK-D W4K-D Maintained, key removed left and right only WK-E W4K-E Maintained, key removed left only WK-G W4K-G position Maintained, key removed right only WK-H W4K-H Spring return from right, key removed left and center only WK-B W4K-B Spring return from right, key removed center only WK-D W4K-D Spring return from right, key removed left only WK-G W4K-G Spring return from left, key removed right and center only WK- W4K- Spring return from left, key removed center only WK-D W4K-D Spring return from left, key removed right only WK-H W4K-H Spring return two-way, key removed center only WK-D W4K-D keys supplied with operator. ircuit Breakers 54

95 ømm - W Series Illuminated Pushbuttons ound Flush M.5 Terminal Screw ontact Block M.5 Terminal Screw ED Module 4.4 Pushbuttons ound Flush M.5 Terminal Screw ontact Block 4.4 Pilot ights ound Flush M.5 Terminal Screw ED Module 4.4 Momentary: 9.9 Maintained: 44.6 Momentary: 9.9 Maintained: Panel Thickness.8 to..5 ocking ing.5 ocking ing.5 ø9.5 ens Diameter ø8.5 ø9.5 Button Diameter ø8 Gasket Panel Thickness.8 to..5 ocking ing Gasket Panel Thickness.8 to..5 Gasket ø9.5 (ens Diameter) ø8 8.5 K K K ound Extended M.5 Terminal Screw ontact Block M.5 Terminal Screw ED Module 4.4 ound Extended M.5 Terminal Screw ontact Block 4.4 ound Dome M.5 Terminal Screw ED Module 4.4 ocking ing Momentary: 9.9 Maintained: 44.6 Momentary: 9.9 Maintained: ocking ing ocking ing.5 5. Panel Thickness.8 to..5 ø9.5 ens Diameter ø ø9.5 Button Diameter ø8 Gasket Panel Thickness.8 to..5 Gasket Panel Thickness.8 to. Gasket ø9.5 (ens Diameter) ø8 8.5 K K K Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 54

96 ømm - W Series Selector Switches Knob perator M.5 Terminal Screw ontact Block Panel Thickness.8 to. ever perator M.5 Terminal Screw ontact Block Panel Thickness.8 to..5 Signaling ights elays & Sockets ircuit Breakers 4.4 ø8.5 ocking ing Gasket perator Angle K 45 ocking ing Gasket perator Angle K ø8 Key Selector Switches M.5 Terminal Screw ontact Block. Panel Thickness.8 to. 9.9 Keys eversible Key Timers ocking ing.5 Gasket 45 perator Angle K ontactors 4.4 ø8 9.9 Terminal Blocks Key No.: H to H (reversible key).5 4 ogo Stamping Key No. H Key No. Stamping Non-reversible Key ogo Stamping Key No. H.5 Key No.: H to 6H (non-reversible key) Key No. Stamping 544

97 ømm - W Series Item Appearance Material emarks ocking ing Wrench Mounting Hole Plug ED Modules Brass Polyamide (black) MW9Z-T W9Z-BP Accessories Used to tighten the locking ring when installing the W series control unit in a panel cut-out Weight: Approx 5g Used to plug an unnecessary ø.mm hole in the panel Degree of protection: IP65 Panel thickness:.8 to 6.mm Shape perating Voltage ange urrent Draw Illumination olor ode k eplacement Parts 6V A/D±% V A/D±% 5 ma 5 ma W-EAQk W-EAQk Specify an illumination color code in place of k in the A: amber 4V A/D±% 6.5 ma W-EAQ4k G: green /V A±% 8 ma W-EAQHk PW: white : red /4V A±% 8 ma W-EAQM4k S: blue Item Material emarks ens ontact Blocks ound Flush ound Extended ound Dome Polyalylate Polyalylate Polyalylate W9Z-k W9Z-k W9Z-5k olor code k: A (amber), (clear), G (green), (red), S (blue), Y (yellow) Use a clear () lens for white (PW) illumination. : For illuminated pushbutton, pilot light : For illuminated pushbutton : For pilot light N N YW-E YW-E Dummy Block Polyamide (black) W-DB ocking ing Polyamide (black) W9Z-N Housing color: Blue/Black Terminal No.: -4 Housing color: eddish purple Terminal No.: - Use a white (PW) ED module for yellow (Y) illumination. Gasket Nitrile rubber W9Z-WM Waterproof gasket between W control unit bezel and the mounting panel. Spare Key ubber Boot (clear) ound Flush Non-reversible eversible ound Extended Zinc (nickel-plated) A9Z-SK- W9Z-D W9Z-D Nameplate Plastic WAM-B Specify a key No. in place of. H: Standard key (reversible) H to H: eversible key H to 6H: Non-reversible key For dimensions, see page 544. Use for flush buttons and pilot lights. Use for extended buttons and dome pilot. ø8 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 545

98 ømm - W Series Signaling ights elays & Sockets Nameplate Nameplate (blank engraving plate included) Nameplate (engraved) Additional Insert (blank) Additional Insert (engraved) Nameplates - W Series Standard egend odes WAM Black Plastic Pushbuttons Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Selector Switches WAM-B WAM-j HWNP- HWNP-j HWNP Dimensions 7. In place of j, insert either the standard legend code from table below or custom engraving delimited by.. Standard engravings are available at no charge. egend ode egend ode egend ode egend ode egend ode AUT SE DWN EMEG.STP FAST FWAD HAND HIGH IN INH JG W WE FF N PEN UT AISE ESET EVESE UN SW STAT STP TEST UP I (Int l n) (Int l ff) EM AUT-MAN SE-PEN DWN-UP FAST-SW F-EV HAND-AUT HIGH-W JG-UN EFT-IGHT WE-AISE MAN-AUT FF-N N-FF PEN-SE AISE-WE EV-F UN-JG UN-SAFE SAFE-UN SW-FAST STAT-STP STP-STAT UP-DWN I (Int l FF N) AUT-MAN-FF AUT-FF-MAN SE-FF-PEN DWN-FF-SW FAST-FF-SW F-FF-EV EFT-FF-IGHT WE-FF-AISE FF-MAN-AUT FF-SW-FAST FF-- PEN-FF-SE SW-FF-FAST SUMME-FF-WINTE UP-FF-DWN -FF- HAND-FF-AUT. To order engraved nameplates, add legend code to nameplate part number.. haracter height based on the number of characters and size of nameplate. Standard character size is /6.. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates Nameplates rder Form W Series Timers opy this order form and use it to specify etter Height, ustom Engravings, ocation of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDE representative or Distributor. Your ompany: IDE ep/distributor ontact: Name: P number (if known): Telephone: IDE ep/distributor Phone: ontactors Terminal Blocks Fax & WAM Nameplate Engraving ocation Step. hoose etter Size - 7/64 or /8. heck the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below the check boxes. Note: /8 size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. Step. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Qty 7/64 etter Size /8 etter Size IDE ep/distributor Fax & characters maximum (for 7/64 size letters) 9 characters maximum (for 7/8 size letters) ircuit Breakers Sample etter Sizes 7/64 etters: A B D /8 etters: A B D 546

99 ømm - W Series Turn off the power to W series switches before installation, removal, wiring and maintenance. Failure to turn power off may cause electrical shocks or fire hazard. Notes for peration When using the W series switches in a safetyrelated circuit of a control system, observe safety rules and regulations of each country concerning particular applications of the actual machines and facilities. Perform risk assessment before operation to ensure safety. perating onditions In corrosive gas or high-temperature, high-humidity environments, contact failure due to corrosion or color change or breakage of the housing may occur. Main parts of the W series switches are made of plastic. Do not scratch the surface with a sharp object or apply excessive electric shock or load, otherwise the switches may be damaged. In particular, keep the button, lens and bezel from such damage, otherwise appearance and function may be impaired. Do not apply detergents, cutting oils, or chemicals which may impair the function and appearance of the W series switches. Panel Mounting First remove the contact block and then the locking ring from the operator. Insert the operator into the panel cut-out from the front, tighten the locking ring from the back, then install the contact block to the operator. Mounting Hole. Mounting hole dimensions are in compliance with IE If the anti-rotation projection is removed from the bezel, W series switches can be mounted in ø.mm mounting holes. To remove the antirotation projection, remove the gasket and use cutting pliers to break the projection. Safety Precautions perating Instructions emoving and Installing the ontact Unit. To remove the contact block from the operator, push the yellow locking lever and turn it to the left. ocking ever. To install, align the TP marking on the operator with the TP marking on the contact block mounting adaptor, and turn the locking lever to the right. Installation in Panel ut-out emove the locking ring from the operator. With the anti-rotation projection on the operator aligned with the recess in the mounting hole, insert the operator into the mounting hole. Tighten the locking ring from the rear of the panel. Anti-rotation projection ecess in mounting hole When wiring, use wires of a proper size to meet the voltage and current requirements. Tighten the M.5 terminal screws to a tightening torque of. to. N m. Failure to tighten the terminal screws may cause overheating and fire. Panel TP marking on illuminated pushbuttons, pushbuttons and pilot lights ocking ing TP marking on selector and key selector switches Note for Panel Mounting When installing the operator in a panel cut-out, use the optional locking ring wrench (MW9Z-T) to tighten the locking ring to a recommended tightening torque of. N m. Do not use pliers and do not tighten excessively, otherwise the operator may be damaged. Illuminated Pushbuttons and Pilot ights emoving the ens To remove the lens from an illuminated pushbutton or pilot light, insert a flat screwdriver under the flange of the lens at 9 from the TP marking and twist the screwdriver. Do not insert the screwdriver too far and do not apply excessive force to the lens, otherwise the bezel surface may be damaged. Screwdriver Insertion Direction TP Marking TP Marking Screwdriver Insertion Angle Approx. Panel Surface Installing the ens Turn the groove in the lens to the TP marking on the operator housing. With the groove aligned with the ridge, press the lens in. TP Marking idge Groove in the ens Marking Marking film can be applied for inscriptions or identification. Applicable Marking Film Size Illuminated Pushbutton (ound Flush) Pilot ight (ound Flush, ound Extended) ø5.9 Illuminated Pushbutton (ound Extended).8.6 ø5.9 Thickness:. mm maximum Film material: Polyester (recommended) Note: Film is not supplied and must be provided by the user. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 547

100 ømm - W Series Signaling ights Pushbuttons Pushbutton caps cannot be removed. Do not tamper with the cap using a screwdriver or pliers, otherwise it may be damaged. Selector Switches Turn the selector operator or key to the detent positions. Key Selector Switches To prevent malfunction and damage, take the following precautions. perating Instructions, con t ontact Blocks and ED Modules To remove the contact block from the operator, insert a flat screwdriver under the latch and push the screwdriver down as shown below. Before removing the ED module, first remove all contact blocks, and then remove the ED module in the same manner. Applicable rimping Terminals Spade terminal When using crimping terminals, be sure to use insulating tubes or insulated crimping terminals. 6.9 max..6 min. rimping Terminal.5 max. 8. max. Insulation Tube Wire Timers elays & Sockets ompletely insert the key before turning. Do not remove the key while turning. Besides the standard key (H), six other keys are available. Use only a key with a number that matches the number on the switches key cylinder. (The standard key does not have a key number.) Keys are available in two shapes. -H (standard), H, H: reversible keys -H, 4H, 5H, 6H: non-reversible keys Make sure of correct insertion direction. Wiring Applicable Wires Stranded wire:. mm maximum (4AWG) Solid wire: ø.6 mm maximum ø.6 max. 8. max. ne or two wires can be connected to the terminal..5 min. Ferrule When connecting two ferrules to one terminal, use ferrules without insulation..7 max. Insulation 8. max. ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors 8. max. When using spade terminals or ferrules, ensure that they are inserted completely. ing terminals cannot be used..7 max. Screw Tightening Torque Tighten the M.5 terminal screws to a recommended torque of. to. N m

101 ømm - HW Series Key features: ocking lever removable contact blocks Finger-safe IP contacts as standard, other terminal styles available Tamperproof construction All E-stops meet EN48 and are compliant with SEMI S standards Worldwide approvals Easy to assemble hoice of black plastic or metallic front bezels Incandescent or ED illumination Transformer or full voltage Slow make double break self cleaning contacts HW Series mm IE Global Pushbuttons IDE s HW switches are The best engineered switch in the world for a reason. arrying the E mark, U, SA, (hinese), and TUV approvals, these switches are designed for use in almost any part of the world. omplete with finger-safe contact blocks offering IP protection, these 7/8 (mm) switches include illuminated and non-illuminated pushbuttons, pilot Electrical File No. E6896 ated perational haracteristics Maximum Inrush urrent ated Insulation Voltage ated Switching ver-voltage ated Impulse Withstanding Voltage ated Thermal urrent Minimum Switching apacity Electrical eliability amp atings File No. 974 HW: The Best Engineered Switch in the World lights, selector switches, and emergency stop switches. All switches also incorporate mechanically keyed safety locking levers, ensuring correct installation and maintaining safety in high-vibration applications. egistration No (E-stops) egistration No (Dual Pushbuttons) egistration No. J9655 (Pilot ights) egistration No. J (all other switches) Specifications A-5: A6 or Ue = 5V, le = A (N, N, N-EM, N-B) D-: P6 or Ue = 5V, le =.A (N, N) D-: Q6 or Ue = 5V, le =.9A (N-EM, N-B) 4 A (4 ms) 6V ess than 4kV, conforming to IE6947-4kV for contact circuit,.5kv for lamp circuit Amp 5 ma at V A/D MTBF < fault for million operation cycles (V D, 5mA) Incandescent: W EDs: 6V/7mA max, V & 4V/mA max, & 4V/mA max ertificate No Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 549

102 ømm - HW Series Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights ircuit Breakers haracteristics ontact atings Standards & Approvals Mechanical ontact peration Positive Action peration (Emergency Stops with N contacts) perating Force ecommended Terminal Torque Applicable Wire Size ontact esistance ontact Gap Horsepower ating ontact Material perating Temperature Vibration esistance Shock esistance Slow break N or N, self-cleaning 5.5mm to mm travel to latch, 45N minimum force to latch mm maximum travel,,8 operations per hour maximum for a Pushlock Turn eset 9 operations per hour maximum for a Push-Pull Flush and extended pushbuttons with N or N contact: 6.±N (momentary), 7.±N (maintained) Additional contacts N or N: +.N (momentary), +.N (maintained).8 N m (7. in lb.) Minimum x AWG, max. x 4 AWG or x AWG Initial contact resistance of 5mΩ or less 4mm (N and N), mm (N-EM and N-B) eference Value: /4 V (ø non-reversing), 4V (ø non-reversing) Silver (gold plated contacts available - contact IDE) peration: 5 to +5 (without freezing), Storage: 4 to +7 (without freezing) to 55Hz, 98m/sec (G) conforming to IE m/sec (G) conforming to IE Mechanical ife Momentary pushbuttons: 5,, (9 operations per hour), All other switches: 5, onforming to Standards Approvals File No. E6896 File No. 974 egistration No (E-stops) egistration No (Dual Pushbuttons) egistration No. J9655 (Pilot ights) egistration No. J (all other switches) Electric Shock Protection Degree of Protection (conforming to IE659) (conforming to NEMA IS6-) ertificate No Pollution Degree (conforming to IE6947-) External Short-ircuit Protection EN6947-, EN , VDE66-, U58, SA - No.4 SA: pushbuttons and selector switches: A6 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (/, 5,, /,, 4, 8, 4/44, 48V) U: pushbuttons and selector switches: A6 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (/, 5,, /,, 4, 8, 4/44, 48V) TÜV: pushbuttons and selector switches: A6=P6 (N, N)/Q6 (N-EM, N-B) pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (/, 5,, /,, 4, 8, 4/44, 48V) lass conforming to IE656 IP65 (from front of the panel) IP (Type HW-F contact block) NEMA,,,, S, 4, 4, 5,, (from front of panel) for switches not using a transformer, for switches using a transformer A 5V fuse conforming to IE669- Terminal eferencing onforming to ENEE EN55 Pushbuttons ontact Block Type HW-/HW-F /HW-G Illuminated Pushbuttons ated Insulation Voltage 6V Selector Switches ated ontinuous urrent A Illuminated Selector Switches ontact atings by Utilization ategory A-5 (A6) Pushbutton Selectors IE D- (P6) perational Voltage 4V 48V 5V V V 44V A- ontrol of resistive loads & solid state loads A A A 6A A A 5/6 Hz perational A-5 ontrol of electromagnetic loads (> 7VA) A 7A 5A A A urrent D- ontrol of resistive loads & solid state loads 8A 5A.A.A D D- ontrol of electromagnets 5A A.A.6A For dimensions, see page

103 ømm - HW Series ED amp atings (STD Type) Model STD-6k STD-k STD-k STD-Hk STD-M4k amp Base BA9S/ ated Voltage 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A 4V A Voltage ange 6V A/D ±% V A/D ±% 4V A/D ±% V A ±5% 4V A ±5% A,, W: 7mA A urrent G, S: 8mA ma ma ma ma Draw A,, W: 4mA D G, S: 5.5mA ma ma olor ode A (amber), G (green), (red), S (blue), W (white) amp Base olor Same as illumination color Voltage Marking Die stamped on the base ife (reference value) Approx. 5, hours (The luminance reduces to 5% the initial intensity when used on complete D.) A,, W A,, W Internal ircuit G, S ED hip Protection Diode Zener Diode In place of k, specify the ens/ed olor ode. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 55

104 ømm - HW Series Non-Illuminated ound Pushbuttons (Assembled) elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Signaling ights ound Flush ound Extended Function ontacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel perator nly HWB-M-j HW4B-M-j HWB-M-j HW4B-M-j N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j Momentary N-N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j N-N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j perator nly HWB-A-j HW4B-A-j HWB-A-j HW4B-A-j N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j Maintained N-N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j N-N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers j Button olor ode olor ode Black B Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y Gray N* *Gray available for round flush only.. In place of j, specify the Button olor ode from table below.. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and For dimensions, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard, fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 6. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-). 7. perator only models include operator plus button. 8. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 55

105 ømm - HW Series Bezel : Plastic Bezel 4: Metal Bezel Structure H W B - M F Function M: Momentary Action perator A: Maintained Action : Flush Terminals : Extended F: Fingersafe ontacts : Exposed Screw Terminals blank: Spring-up Terminals ontact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B TW-DB. Used to mount contact blocks to operator.. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Non-Illuminated ound Pushbuttons (eplacement Parts) HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break) Safety ever ock + Anti-otation ing Anti-otation ing perators ound Flush/ Extended ontact Arrangement : N : N : N : N : N-N : N-N Button olors B: Black G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow N: Gray* *Available for round flush only + perator + Button = ompleted Unit HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Momentary Maintained Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Plastic Bezel HWB-M HWB-A Metal Bezel HW4B-M HW4B-A Buttons ound Flush ound Extended HWA-B-j HWA-B-j. In place of j, specify the Button olor ode from table. j Button olor ode olor ode olor ode Black B White W Green G Yellow Y ed Gray N* Blue S *Gray available for round flush only. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 55

106 ømm - HW Series Non-Illuminated Mushroom Head Pushbuttons (Assembled) Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors ø9mm Mushroom Head ø4mm Mushroom Head Function ontacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel perator nly HWB-M-j HW4B-M-j HWB-M4-j HW4B-M4-j N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-M4F-j HW4B-M4F-j N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-M4F-j HW4B-M4F-j Momentary N-N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-M4F-j HW4B-M4F-j N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-M4F-j HW4B-M4F-j N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-M4F-j HW4B-M4F-j N-N HWB-MF-j HW4B-MF-j HWB-M4F-j HW4B-M4F-j perator nly HWB-A-j HW4B-A-j HWB-A4-j HW4B-A4-j N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-A4F-j HW4B-A4F-j N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-A4F-j HW4B-A4F-j Maintained N-N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-A4F-j HW4B-A4F-j N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-A4F-j HW4B-A4F-j N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-A4F-j HW4B-A4F-j N-N HWB-AF-j HW4B-AF-j HWB-A4F-j HW4B-A4F-j Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers ø6mm Mushroom Head Function ontacts Plastic Bezel perator nly HWB-M5-j* N HWB-M5F-j* N HWB-M5F-j* Momentary N-N HWB-M5F-j* N HWB-M5F-j* N HWB-M5F-j* N-N HWB-M5F-j* j Button olor ode olor ode Black B Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y. In place of j, specify the Button olor ode from table.. *6mm mushroom available only in red, green, black, and yellow.. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and For dimensions, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 7. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-). 8. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components. 9. perator only models include operator plus button.. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts)

107 ømm - HW Series Bezel : Plastic Bezel 4: Metal Bezel (Not available for 6mm mushroom) ontact Blocks + ontact Blocks Function M: Momentary Action A: Maintained Action (Not available for 6mm jumbo mushroom pushbutton.) Mounting Adaptor ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B Structure H W B - M F perator : ø9mm Mushroom 4: ø4mm Mushroom 5: ø6mm Mushroom Terminals F: Fingersafe ontacts : Exposed Screw Terminals blank: Spring-up Terminals Non-Illuminated Mushroom Head Pushbuttons (eplacement Parts) TW-DB. Used to mount contact blocks to operator.. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. + HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break) Safety ever ock + Anti-otation ing Safety ever ock ontact Arrangement : N : N : N : N : N-N : N-N Button olors B: Black G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow + perator + Button = ompleted Unit HW9Z-S Anti-otation ing Appearance perators ø9mm Mushroom ø4mm Mushroom Ø6mm Jumbo Mushroom Momentary Maintained Momentary HW9Z- Plastic Bezel HWB-M HWB-A HWB-M5-j* Metal Bezel HW4B-M HW4B-A. *6mm mushroom operator includes non-removable button (available in red, black, green and yellow only).. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and For dimensions, see page 6. Buttons ø9mm Mushroom ap ø4mm Mushroom ap HWA-B-j HWA-B4-j. In place of j, specify the Button olor ode from table. j Button olor ode olor ode olor ode Black B Blue S Green G White W ed Yellow Y HWB-M5 available only in black, red, green and yellow. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 555

108 ømm - HW Series Non-Illuminated Square Pushbuttons (Assembled) ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Function Momentary Maintained j Button olor ode olor ode Black B Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y ontacts Square Flush Square Extended Plastic Bezel Plastic Bezel perator nly HWB-M-j HWB-M-j N HWB-MF-j HWB-MF-j N HWB-MF-j HWB-MF-j N-N HWB-MF-j HWB-MF-j N HWB-MF-j HWB-MF-j N HWB-MF-j HWB-MF-j N-N HWB-MF-j HWB-MF-j perator nly HWB-A-j HWB-A-j N HWB-AF-j HWB-AF-j N HWB-AF-j HWB-AF-j N-N HWB-AF-j HWB-AF-j N HWB-AF-j HWB-AF-j N HWB-AF-j HWB-AF-j N-N HWB-AF-j HWB-AF-j. In place of j, specify the Button olor ode from table.. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and For dimensions, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page Square pushbuttons available in plastic bezel only. 6. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 7. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-). 8. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components. 9. perator only model includes operator and button.. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts)

109 ømm - HW Series Function M: Momentary Action A: Maintained Action ontact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor perator : Flush : Extended ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B TW-DB. Used to mount contact blocks to operator.. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Structure H W B - M F Terminals F: Fingersafe ontacts : Exposed Screw Terminals blank: Spring-up Terminals Non-Illuminated Square Pushbuttons (eplacement Parts) + HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break) Safety ever ock + Anti-otation ing Safety ever ock ontact Arrangement : N : N : N : N : N-N : N-N Button olors B: Black G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow + perator + Button = ompleted Unit HW9Z-S Anti-otation ing Appearance perators Square Flush Extended HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Momentary Maintained Plastic Bezel HWB-M HWB-A. For nameplates and accessories, see pages 596 and For dimensions, see page 6. Buttons Square Flush Square Extended HWA-B-j HWA-B-j. In place of j, specify the Button olor ode from table. j Button olor ode olor ode olor ode Black B Blue S Green G White W ed Yellow Y Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 557

110 ømm - HW Series Non-Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (Assembled) elays & Sockets Timers Signaling ights Ø9mm Head Pushlock Turn eset Ø4mm Head Pushlock Turn eset ontacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel perator nly HWB-Vj HW4B-Vj HWB-V4j HW4B-V4j N HWB-VF-j HW4B-VF-j HWB-V4F-j HW4B-V4F-j N HWB-VF-j HW4B-VF-j HWB-V4F-j HW4B-V4F-j N-N HWB-VF-j HW4B-VF-j HWB-V4F-j HW4B-V4F-j N HWB-VF-j HW4B-VF-j HWB-V4F-j HW4B-V4F-j N HWB-VF-j HW4B-VF-j HWB-V4F-j HW4B-V4F-j ontactors Ø4mm Head EM Pushlock Turn eset Ø4mm Head Pushlock Key eset ontacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel perator nly HWB-V4-EM-* HW4B-V4-EM-* HWB-4* HW4B-4* N HWB-V4F--EM-* HW4B-V4F--EM-* HWB-4F-* HW4B-4F-* N HWB-V4F--EM-* HW4B-V4F--EM-* HWB-4F-* HW4B-4F-* N-N HWB-V4F--EM-* HW4B-V4F--EM-* HWB-4F-* HW4B-4F-* N HWB-V4F--EM-* HW4B-V4F--EM-* HWB-4F-* HW4B-4F-* N HWB-V4F--EM-* HW4B-V4F--EM-* HWB-4F-* HW4B-4F-* Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers ontacts perator nly N N N-N N N ø6mm Head Pushlock Turn eset Plastic Bezel HWB-V5* HWB-V5F-* HWB-V5F-* HWB-V5F-* HWB-V5F-* HWB-V5F-*. * Available in ed only.. Available in red or yellow. Insert color code in place of j (: ed, Y: Yellow).. For accessories, see page For dimensions, see page For nameplates and shrouds, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page All HW series E-stops comply with EN , the IE E-Stop Addendum to the ow Voltage Directive, this includes tamper proof operation whereby a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. 8. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 9. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-).. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components.. perator only models include operator and button.. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts)

111 ømm - HW Series Bezel : Plastic Bezel 4: Metal Bezel (not available for 6mm jumbo mushroom) Function V: Pushlock Turn eset : Pushlock Key eset ontact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B. Used to mount contact blocks to operator.. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. TW-DB Structure H W B V F EM- perator : ø9mm Head 4: ø4mm Head 5: ø6mm Head Terminals F: Fingersafe : Exposed Screw blank: Springup ontact Arrangement : N : N : N : N : N-N : N-N Non-Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (eplacement Parts) HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break) Safety ever ock + Anti-otation ing Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Engraved Button* EM-: EM switch *ption available for red EM E-Stop only Button olors : ed Y: Yellow Note: some switches only available in red. + perator = ompleted Unit Anti-otation ing Appearance HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. perators Plastic Metal ø9mm Head Pushlock Turn eset red HWB-V HW4B-V ø4mm Head Pushlock Turn eset ø4mm Head EM Pushlock Turn eset* ø4mm Head Pushlock Key eset* ø6mm Head Pushlock Turn eset* yellow HWB-VY HW4B-VY red HWB-V4 HW4B-V4 yellow HWB-V4Y HW4B-V4Y HWB-V4-EM- HWB-4. *Available in red only.. All E-Stop buttons are not removable from the operator. HWB-V5 HW4B-V4-EM- HW4B-4 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 559

112 ømm - HW Series Push Pull & Unibody E-Stop Pushbuttons (Assembled) Signaling ights elays & Sockets ø4mm Head Push Pull ontacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel perator nly (ed) HWB-Y HW4B-Y perator nly (Yellow) HWB-YY HW4B-YY N HWB-YF-j HW4B-YF-j N HWB-YF-j HW4B-YF-j ontacts N-N N N-N ø4mm Unibody Pushlock Turn eset* Plastic Bezel HWE-BV4F- HWE-BV4F- HWE-BV4-TK9- N-N HWB-YF-j HW4B-YF-j N HWB-YF-j HW4B-YF-j Timers N HWB-YF-j HW4B-YF-j ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers Unibody Illuminated E-Stops* ontacts ED Incandescent N-N HWE-V4FQD--l HWE-V4FQ--l N HWE-V4FQD--l HWE-V4FQ--l N (with push-on illumination) N-N (with push-on illumination ) HWE-TV4FQD--l HWE-TV4FQD--l HWE-TV4FQ--l HWE-TV4FQ--l l Full Voltage ode Voltage ode 6VA/D 6V VA/D V 4VA/D 4V V A* V 4V A* 4V *ED only. Terminal Numbering (Unibody only) Models Terminal Number N-N N = /4, N = / N N = /, N = / HWE- HWE-T amp + =, amp - =. * Available in ed only.. Available in red or yellow. Insert color code in place of j (: ed, Y: Yellow).. In place of l, specify Full Voltage ode. 4. With single unit construction, the positive action contacts are integrated in the body of the switch. This provides an extra degree of safety and reliability for critical emergency stop functions. 5. In the illuminated version, the light is independent of the switch action (except push-on ED model). 6. For accessories, see page For dimensions, see page For nameplates and shrouds, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page All HW Series E-Stop operators include non-removable color caps.. All HW series E-Stops comply with EN , the IE E-Stop Addendum to the ow Voltage Directive, this includes tamper proof operation whereby a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator.. All HW series E-Stop switches comply with SEMI S standards.. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 4. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-). 5. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components. 6. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 56

113 ømm - HW Series Bezel : Plastic Bezel 4: Metal Bezel* (*not available for HWE unibody) Function B: Push Pull E: Pushlock Turn eset Structure H W E V 4 F Q D - 4V Illumination BV4: Non-illuminated (unibody style) V4: Illuminated TV4: Illuminated Push n Y: Non-illuminated Push Pull E-Stop ontact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontacts : N-N : N : N : N amp ode D: ED blank: Incandescent Button olors : ed Y: Yellow* (*only available in 4mm Push Pull E-Stop) Illumination ircuit blank: 4mm Push Pull & Non-illuminated Unibody E-Stop Q: Illuminated Unibody E-Stop Illuminated & Non-Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (eplacement Parts) TW-DB HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break). There are no replacement parts for the HWE unibody E-Stop.. For illuminated unibody E-Stop, see page 6 for replacement lens. Safety ever ock + Anti-otation ing ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B. Used to mount contact blocks to operator.. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Full Voltage ode (Illuminated E-Stop) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A* 4V: 4V A* *ED only + perator = ompleted Unit Anti-otation ing Appearance perators ø4mm Head Push-Pull HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Plastic Metal Plastic Metal red yellow HWB-Y HW4B-Y HWB-YY HW4B-YY All E- Stop Buttons are not removable from the operator. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 56

114 ømm - HW Series E-Stop Stations ircuit Breakers elays & Sockets Timers Signaling ights 9mm Pushlock Turn eset 4mm Pushlock Turn eset ontacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel N-N FBW-HWB-V FBW-HW4B-V FBW-HWB-V4 FBW-HW4B-V4 N FBW-HWB-V FBW-HW4B-V FBW-HWB-V4 FBW-HW4B-V4 ontactors 4mm Push-Pull eset 4mm Pushlock Key eset ontacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel N-N FBW-HWB-Y FBW-HW4B-Y FBW-HWB-4 FBW-HW4B-4 N FBW-HWB-Y FBW-HW4B-Y FBW-HWB-4 FBW-HW4B-4 Terminal Blocks 4mm EM Pushlock Turn eset ontacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel N-N FBW-HWB-V4-EM- FBW-HW4B-V4-EM- N FBW-HWB-V4-EM- FBW-HW4B-V4-EM-. Maximum of two contact blocks.. Box is supplied with yellow top and black bottom only. 56

115 ømm - HW Series Jumbo Dome ED Incandescent perator nly Full Voltage 4V A/D perator nly Full Voltage 4V A/D Jumbo Dome Pilot ights (Assembled) Plastic Bezel HWP-5Q HWP-5Q4-k HWP-5Q7* HWP-5Q7-k. In place of k, specify the ens/ed olor ode.. *Incandescent operator comes with bulb.. Available with spring-up terminals in 4V only. 4. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and For dimensions, see page 6. k ens/ed olor ode olor Amber Green ed Blue White Yellow ode A G S W Y Jumbo Dome eplacement Parts Item Appearance Description ens ED Diffusing ens* Polycarbonate ens HWA-P5k HW9Z-PP5 ED amps ED amp STDB-k. In place of k, specify the ens/ed olor ode.. *Diffusing lens for ED models only.. Use white ED for yellow lens. amp atings Part Number perating Voltage ated urrent Power onsumption ED STDB- 5mA.6W 4V A/D ±% Incandescent SB- 5mA.6W Actual Size Jumbo Dome Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 56

116 ømm - HW Series Pilot ights (Assembled) elays & Sockets ircuit Breakers ontactors Terminal Blocks Timers Signaling ights ound Flush Dome Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel perator nly HWP-FQ-k HW4P-FQ-k HWP-FQ-k HW4P-FQ-k Full Voltage HWP-FQm-k-l HW4P-FQm-k-l HWP-FQm-k-l HW4P-FQm-k-l V A HWP-FHm-k HW4P-FHm-k HWP-FHm-k HW4P-FHm-k Transformer 4V A HWP-FM4m-k HW4P-FM4m-k HWP-FM4m-k HW4P-FM4m-k 48V A HWP-FT8m-k HW4P-FT8m-k HWP-FT8m-k HW4P-FT8m-k D-D onverter* V D HWP-DD-k HWP-DD-k Square Flush Plastic Bezel perator nly HWP-FQ-k Full Voltage HWP-FQm-k-l V A HWP-FHm-k Transformer 4V A HWP-FM4m-k 48V A HWP-FT8m-k D-D onverter* V D HWP-DD-k k ens/ed olor ode olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y l Full Voltage ode Voltage ode 6VA/D 6V VA/D V 4VA/D 4V V A (ED only) V 4V A (ED only) 4V m amp Type ode amp ode Incandescent Blank ED D. In place of k, specify the ens/ed olor ode from table below.. In place of lspecify the Full Voltage ode from table below.. In place of m specify amp Type ode from table below. 4. *D-D convertor voltage input from 9-4V D, comes with spring-up terminals only. 5. D-D converter models with ED lamps only. 6. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596 and For dimensions, see page Pilot lights do not come with anti-rotation ring. 9. perator models come with operator and lens.. Yellow pilot light comes with white ED

117 ømm - HW Series Bezel : ound Plastic : Square Plastic 4: ound Metal perator : Flush : Dome Structure H W P F Q D V Illumination ircuit Q: Full Voltage H: V A Transformer M4: 4V A Transformer T8: 48V A Transformer D: D-D onverter amp Type ode D: ED Blank: Incandescent Pilot ights (eplacement Parts) ens/ed olors A: Amber G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow Transformer* + amp + perator + ens = ompleted Unit (not applicable for full voltage units) Transformer Units Voltage ED/Incandescent HW-FH V A HW-MH* HW-FM4 4V A HW-MM4* (6V secondary voltage) 48V A V D** HW-FT8 HW-T8* HW-D*. *With spring-up terminals - to use spring-up terminal type, must use transformer type operator designed for spring-up transformer.. ** D-D converter voltage input from 9-4V D. amps Voltage 6V A/D STD-6k ED V A/D STD-k 4V A/D STD-k V A STD-Hk 4V A STD-M4k Incandescent 6V A/D IS-6 V A/D 4V A/D IS- IS-4. In place of k, specify the ED olor ode.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes. k ED olor ode olor ode olor ode Amber A Blue S Green G White W ed For yellow lens use white ED. amp Voltage (full voltage units only) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A* 4V: 4V A* *ED only perators Type Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel ound Flush Standard HWP-FQ HW4P-FQ Full Voltage Spring-up Terminals HWP-Q HW4P-Q Transformer Standard HWP- HW4P- Spring-up Terminals HWP- Dome Standard HWP-FQ HW4P-FQ Full Voltage Spring-up Terminals HWP-Q HW4P-Q Transformer Standard HWP- HW4P- Spring-up Terminals HWP- Square Flush Standard HWP-FQ Full Voltage Spring-up Terminals HWP-Q Transformer Standard HWP- Spring-up Terminals HWP- enses ound/ Flush Dome Square/ Flush. Transformer type requires separate transformer & lamp. Must select correct transformer bases on standard or spring up terminal type. Use 6V lamps or EDs.. Full voltage type only requires lamp. HWA-P-l HWA-P-l HWA-P-l In place of l, specify the ens olor ode. l ens olor ode olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y For yellow lens use white ED. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 565

118 ømm - HW Series Illuminated ound Pushbuttons (Assembled) Signaling ights Illuminated Full Voltage Pushbuttons elays & Sockets Timers Momentary Maintained ontacts perator nly N N N-N N perator nly N N N-N N Flush Extended Extended w/ Full Shroud Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel HW-M-k HW-MFQm-k-l HW-MFQm-k-l HW-MFQm-k-l HW-MFQm-k-l HW-A-k HW-AFQm-k-l HW-AFQm-k-l HW-AFQm-k-l HW-AFQm-k-l HW4-M-k HW4-MFQm-k-l HW4-MFQm-k-l HW4-MFQm-k-l HW4-MFQm-k-l HW4-A-k HW4-AFQm-k-l HW4-AFQm-k-l HW4-AFQm-k-l HW4-AFQm-k-l HW-M-k HW-MFQm-k-l HW-MFQm-k-l HW-MFQm-k-l HW-MFQm-k-l HW-A-k HW-AFQm-k-l HW-AFQm-k-l HW-AFQm-k-l HW-AFQm-k-l HW4-M-k HW4-MFQm-k-l HW4-MFQm-k-l HW4-MFQm-k-l HW4-MFQm-k-l HW4-A-k HW4-AFQm-k-l HW4-AFQm-k-l HW4-AFQm-k-l HW4-AFQm-k-l HW-MF-k HW-MFFQm-k-l HW-MFFQm-k-l HW-MFFQm-k-l HW-MFFQm-k-l HW-AF-k HW-AFFQm-k-l HW-AFFQm-k-l HW-AFFQm-k-l HW-AFFQm-k-l HW4-MF-k HW4-MFFQm-k-l HW4-MFFQm-k-l HW4-MFFQm-k-l HW4-MFFQm-k-l HW4-AF-k HW4-AFFQm-k-l HW4-AFFQm-k-l HW4-AFFQm-k-l HW4-AFFQm-k-l Illuminated Transformer Pushbuttons ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers Momentary Maintained ontacts perator nly N-N N perator nly N-N N Flush Extended Extended w/ Full Shroud Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel HW-M-k HW-MFlm-k HW-MFlm-k HW-A-k HW-AFlm-k HW-AFlm-k. In place of k, specify ens/ed olor ode from table.. In place of lspecify Voltage ode from table.. In place of m specify amp ode from table. 4. ight independent of switch position. 5. For replacement part numbers, see page For nameplates and accessories, see page 596. and For dimensions, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page Full voltage and transformer models use the same operator.. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).. Yellow pushbutton comes with white ED. HW4-M-k HW4-MFlm-k HW4-MFlm-k HW4-A-k HW4-AFlm-k HW4-AFlm-k HW-M-k HW-MFlm-k HW-MFlm-k HW-A-k HW-AFlm-k HW-AFlm-k k ens/ed olor ode olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y Yellow ED not available. Use white ED for yellow lens. HW4-M-k HW4-MFlm-k HW4-MFlm-k HW4-A-k HW4-AFlm-k HW4-AFlm-k HW-MF-k HW-MFFlm-k HW-MFFlm-k HW-AF-k HW-AFFlm-k HW-AFFlm-k l Voltage ode Full Voltage Models Transformer Models Voltage ode Voltage ode 6V A/D 6V V A H V A/D V 4V A M4 4V A/D 4V 48V A T8 V A (ED only) V 4V A (ED only) 4V HW4-MF-k HW4-MFFlm-k HW4-MFFlm-k HW4-AF-k HW4-AFFlm-k HW4-AFFlm-k m amp ode amp ode Incandescent Blank ED D 566

119 ømm - HW Series Bezel : Plastic 4: Metal Transformer* + Function M: Momentary A: Maintained ontact Blocks + Structure H W M F F Q D G V perator F: Flush F: Extended F: Extended ens olor A: Amber G: Green : ed ontact Arrangement w/ shroud : N Illumination ircuit : N Q: Full Voltage : N-N H: Transformer V A : N M4: Transformer 4V A amp ode T8: Transformer 48V A Illuminated ound Pushbuttons (eplacement Parts) ead Holder *Transformer not needed with full voltage models. amp ircuit omponents Description Terminals ead Holder Dummy Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer Unit (6V secondary voltage) For use with HW-B on all illuminated pushbutton units. ne required for each deck (pair) of contacts. For use with odd number of contacts. For use with even number of contacts. VA 4VA 48VA V 4V 48V V 4V 48V + Fingersafe Exposed Spring Up Fingersafe Exposed Fingersafe Spring Up Exposed Mounting Adaptor Part Number HW-H HW-DAFB HW-DAB HW-GA TW-DAFB TW-DAB TW-F6B TW-F46B TW-F486B HW-T6 HW-T46 HW-486 TW-T6B TW-T46B TW-T486B D-D onverter VD HW-6D perators ound Flush/ Extended Extended with Full Shroud HW-GA Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor does not require the use of HW-H. Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Momentary HW-M HW4-M Maintained HW-A HW4-A Momentary HW-MF HW4-MF Maintained HW-AF HW4-AF + Safety ever ock + amp + D: ED Blank: Incandescent Anti-otation ing S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow + perator + ens = ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) amp Voltage (full voltage units only) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A* 4V: 4V A* *ED only ompleted Unit HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break). All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-).. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components. ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety ever ock enses ound Flush ound Extended HW9Z-S HWA--k HWA--k In place of k, specify the ens olor ode from previous page. Anti-otation ing Appearance Part Number HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. amps Voltage 6V A/D STD-6k ED V A/D STD-k 4V A/D STD-k V A STD-Hk 4V A STD-M4k Incandescent 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D IS-6 IS- IS-4. In place of k, specify the ED olor ode.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes.. Yellow ED not available, use white ED when using yellow lens. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 567

120 ømm - HW Series Illuminated Mushroom & Square Pushbuttons (Assembled) Signaling ights elays & Sockets 4mm Mushroom Head Square Flush ontacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel perator nly HW-M4-k HW4-M4-k HW-M-k N HW-M4FQm-k-l HW4-M4FQm-k-l HW-MFQm-k-l Momentary N HW-M4FQm-k-l HW4-M4FQm-k-l HW-MFQm-k-l Timers Full Voltage N-N HW-M4FQm-k-l HW4-M4FQm-k-l HW-MFQm-k-l N HW-M4FQm-k-l HW4-M4FQm-k-l HW-MFQm-k-l perator nly HW-A4-k HW4-A4-k HW-A-k N HW-A4FQm-k-l HW4-A4FQm-k-l HW-AFQm-k-l Maintained N HW-A4FQm-k-l HW4-A4FQm-k-l HW-AFQm-k-l N-N HW-A4FQm-k-l HW4-A4FQm-k-l HW-AFQm-k-l N HW-A4FQm-k-l HW4-A4FQm-k-l HW-AFQm-k-l ontactors Transformer Momentary Maintained N-N HW-M4Flm-k HW4-M4Flm-k HW-MFlm-k N HW-M4Flm-k HW4-M4Flm-k HW-MFlm-k N-N HW-A4Flm-k HW4-A4Flm-k HW-AFlm-k N HW-A4Flm-k HW4-A4Flm-k HW-AFlm-k Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers. Full voltage and transformer units use the same operator.. In place of k, specify the ens/ed olor ode from table.. In place of lspecify the Voltage ode from table. 4. In place of m specify amp Type ode from table. 5. ight independent of switch position 6. For nameplates and accessories, see page 596. and For dimensions, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).. Yellow pushbutton comes with white ED. k ens/ed olor ode olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y*. *4mm mushroom lenses not available in yellow.. Yellow ED not available. Use white ED for yellow lens. l Voltage ode Full Voltage Models Transformer Models Voltage ode Voltage ode 6V A/D 6V V A H V A/D V 4V A M4 4V A/D 4V 48V A T8 V A (ED only) V 4V A (ED only) 4V m amp ode amp ode Incandescent Blank ED D 568

121 ømm - HW Series Bezel : ound Plastic : Square Plastic 4: ound Metal Transformer* + Function M: Momentary A: Maintained ontact Blocks + Structure H W M F Q D G V perator : Square Flush 4: Mushroom ead Holder *Transformer not needed with full voltage models. ontact Arrangement : N Illumination ircuit : N Q: Full Voltage : N-N H: Transformer V A : N M4: Transformer 4V A T8: Transformer 48V A ens olor A: Amber S: Blue G: Green W: White : ed Y: Yellow amp ode D: ED Blank: Incandescent Illuminated Mushroom & Square Pushbuttons (eplacement Parts) + Adaptor + amp ircuit omponents Description Terminals ead Holder For use with HW-B on all illuminated pushbutton units. HW-H ne required for each deck (pair) of contacts. Dummy Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer Unit (6V secondary voltage) For use with odd number of contacts. For use with even number of contacts. VA 4VA 48VA V 4V 48V V 4V 48V Fingersafe Exposed Spring Up Fingersafe Exposed Fingersafe Spring Up Exposed HW-DAFB HW-DAB HW-GA TW-DAFB TW-DAB TW-F6B TW-F46B TW-F486B HW-T6 HW-T46 HW-486 TW-T6B TW-T46B TW-T486B D-D onverter VD HW-6D perators ø4mm Mushroom Square HW-GA Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor does not require the use of HW-H. Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Momentary HW-M HW4-M Maintained HW-A HW4-A Momentary Maintained HW-M HW-A Safety ever ock + amp + Anti-otation ing + perator + ens = ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) amp Voltage (full voltage units only) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A* 4V: 4V A* *ED only ompleted Unit HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break). All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-).. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components. ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety ever ock enses ø4mm Mushroom ens Square Flush HW9Z-S AW4BU-k* HWA--k. In place of k, specify the ens olor ode.. *Mushroom lens not available in yellow. Anti-otation ing Appearance HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. amps Voltage 6V A/D STD-6k ED V A/D STD-k 4V A/D STD-k V A STD-Hk 4V A STD-M4k Incandescent 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D IS-6 IS- IS-4. In place of k, specify the ED olor ode.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes.. Yellow ED not available, use white ED when using yellow lens. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 569

122 ømm - HW Series Selector Switches -Position (Assembled) elays & Sockets Timers ircuit Breakers Signaling ights -Position Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator nly perator Position N N- N N N- N 4 Handle Knob ever Knob ever Knob ever Knob ever Knob ever Maintained Spring eturn from ight HWnS-T HWnS- HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F ontactors Terminal Blocks HWnS-T HWnS- HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F. In place of n enter for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel.. For nameplates, see page All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 4. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB- MF- becomes HWB-M-). 5. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components. 6. Standard color for knob and lever is black. 7. ptional colors available for lever type. Must order in components. See next page for part numbers. 8. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 9. For Truth Tables see page 68. n Bezel Type Type ode Plastic Metal

123 ømm - HW Series Structure H W S - T F Bezel : Plastic # of Positions 4: Metal : -Position perator Handle blank: Maintained T: Knob : Spring eturn : ever from ight ontact Arrangement : N : N-N : N Selector Switches -Position (eplacement Parts) Anti-otation ontact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety ever ock + + perator = ompleted Unit ing ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B TW-DB HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break). Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Anti-otation ing HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. perators Description Handle Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Maintained Spring eturn from ight Knob HWS-T HW4S-T ever HWS- HW4S- Knob HWS-T HW4S-T ever HWS- HW4S-. Knob operator comes with black handle.. To order lever type, lever and inserts must be ordered separately, along with lever operator. See part numbers below. evers & Inserts ever ever olor Insert ASWHH-j TW-H-j Standard lever color is black. Standard insert color is white. j Handle/Insert olor ode olor ode Black* B Blue S Green G ed Yellow Y White W. * ever color inserts not available in black.. ever not available in white. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 57

124 ømm - HW Series Selector Switches -Position (Assembled) Signaling ights Position Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator Position Handle Maintained Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft Spring eturn Two-Way ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets perator nly N- N N N N- N N- N N- N 4N 4N 4N Knob ever Knob ever Knob ever Knob ever HWnS-T* HWnS- HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F. In place of n enter for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel.. Knob operator includes black knob/lever operator includes black lever.. * Three position operator is available with three different cams. HWnS-T: Maintained (standard cam) HWnS-ST: Maintained (S cam) HWnS-JT: Maintained (J cam) 4. perator cams are color coded (white=standard cam, red=s cam, black =J cam). 5. For nameplates, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page 6 HWnS-T HWnS- HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-T HWnS- HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F Knob HWnS-JTFN HWnS-T HWnS- HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F HWnS-TF HWnS-F Knob HWnS-TF HWnS-TF HWnS-TF HWnS-TF Knob HWnS-STFN9 Knob HWnS-TF4 HWnS-TF4 HWnS-TF4 HWnS-TF4 Knob HWnS-STF4N Knob HWnS-TF4 HWnS-TF4 HWnS-TF4 HWnS-TF4 n Bezel Type Type ode Plastic Metal 4 7. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 8. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-). 9. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components.. Standard color for knob and lever is black.. ptional colors available for lever type. Must order in components. See next page for part numbers.. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).. For Truth Tables see page

125 ømm - HW Series Structure H W S - T F Bezel : Plastic # of Positions 4: Metal : -Position perator Handle blank: Maintained T: Knob : Spring eturn from ight : ever : Spring eturn from eft : Spring eturn Two Way ontact Arrangement : N-N : N : N-N : N-N 4: 4N 4: 4N Selector Switches -Position (eplacement Parts) Anti-otation ontact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety ever ock + + perator = ompleted Unit ing ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard HW-F HW-F Fingersafe HW-F HW-F (IP) (early make) (late break) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B TW-DB HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break). Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Anti-otation ing HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. perators Description Handle Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Maintained Knob HWS-T HW4S-T (standard cam) ever HWS- HW4S- Maintained (S cam) Knob HWS-ST HW4S-ST Maintained (J cam) Knob HWS-JT HW4S-JT Spring eturn from Knob HWS-T HW4S-T ight (standard cam) ever HWS- HW4S- Spring eturn from Knob HWS-T HW4S-T eft (standard cam) ever HWS- HW4S- -Way Spring eturn Knob HWS-T HW4S-T (standard cam) ever HWS- HW4S-. Knob operator comes with black handle.. Three position knob operator is available with three different cams.. perator cams are color coded (white=standard cam, red=s cam, black =J cam). 4. To order lever type, lever and inserts must be ordered separately, along with lever operator. See part numbers below. evers & Inserts ever ever olor Insert ASWHH-j TW-H-j Standard lever color is black. Standard insert color is white. j Handle/Insert olor ode olor ode olor ode Black* B ed Blue S Yellow Y Green G White W. * ever color inserts not available in black.. ever not available in white. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 57

126 ømm - HW Series Selector Switches 4- & 5-Position (Assembled) Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers 4-Position Selector Switches ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers ontact Mounting perator nly N- N N- N N- N perator Position Handle Maintained 4 Knob ever Knob ever Knob ever Knob ever HWnS-4T HWnS-4 HWnS-4TF HWnS-4F 4 HWnS-4TFN6 HWnS-4FN6 HWnS-4TFN HWnS-4FN 5-Position Selector Switch perator Position Handle Maintained ontact Mounting perator nly N- N Knob ever Knob ever HWnS-5T HWnS HWnS-5TFN HWnS-5FN. In place of n enter for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel.. Knob operator includes black knob/lever operator includes black lever.. For nameplates, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page Five position circuit cannot be made to make five independent contact closures. 6. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 7. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-). 8. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components. 9. Standard color for knob and lever is black.. ptional colors available for lever type. Must order in components. See next page for part numbers.. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).. For Truth Tables see page 68. n Bezel Type Type ode Plastic Metal

127 ømm - HW Series Bezel : Plastic 4: Metal # of Positions 4: 4-Position 5: 5-Position Structure H W S - 4 T F N6 Handle T: Knob : ever ontact Arrangement (based on desired truth table) : N-N N6: N-N N: N-N Selector Switches 4- & 5-Position (eplacement Parts) Anti-otation ontact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety ever ock + + perator = ompleted Unit ing ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B TW-DB HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break). Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Anti-otation ing HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. perators Position Description Handle Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel 4 Maintained 5 Maintained Knob HWS-4T HW4S-4T ever HWS-4 HW4S-4 Knob HWS-5T HW4S-5T ever HWS-5 HW4S-5. Knob operator comes with black handle.. To order lever type, lever and inserts must be ordered separately, along with lever operator. See part numbers below. evers & Inserts ever ever olor Insert ASWHH-j TW-H-j Standard lever color is black. Standard insert color is white. j Handle/Insert olor ode olor ode Black* B Blue S Green G ed Yellow Y White W. * ever color inserts not available in black.. ever not available in white. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 575

128 ømm - HW Series Key Switches -Position (Assembled) Signaling ights -Position Key Switches elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers ontact Mounting perator Position Maintained Spring eturn from ight perator nly HWnK-A HWnK-B N HWnK-AF HWnK-BF N- N N N- N 4 HWnK-AF HWnK-AF HWnK-AF HWnK-BF HWnK-BF HWnK-BF. In place of n enter for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel.. Key is removable in all maintained positions. ther key removable options available.. Two keys are supplied with all switches. 4. All standard operators are keyed alike. 5. ther key removable options available. See table below 6. For nameplates, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page Key is retained in Spring eturn position. 9. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-).. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components.. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).. For Truth Tables see page 6. Key emovable ption odes ode Description A Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions) B Key retained in right position only Key retained in left position only n Bezel Type Type ode Plastic Metal

129 ømm - HW Series Bezel : Plastic 4: Metal # of Positions : -Position Structure H W K - B F perator blank: Maintained : Spring eturn from ight ontact Arrangement : N : N : N-N : N-N Key etained Position A: Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions) B: Key retained in right position only : Key retained in left position only Key Switches -Position (eplacement Parts) Anti-otation ontact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety ever ock + + perator = ompleted Unit ing ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. TW-DB HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break) Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Anti-otation ing HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. perators Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Maintained HWK-A HW4K-A Maintained, key removed left only HWK-B HW4K-B Spring eturn from ight HWK-B HW4K-B Maintained, key removed right only. perator includes two keys.. All standard operators are keyed alike. HWK- HW4K- Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 577

130 ømm - HW Series Key Switches -Position (Assembled) ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights -Position Key Switches ontact Mounting perator Position Maintained Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft Spring eturn Two Way perator nly HWnK-A* HWnK-B HWnK- HWnK-D N- N N N N- N N- N N- N 4N 4N 4N In place of n enter for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel.. Key is removable in all maintained positions. ther key removable options available.. Two keys are supplied with all switches. 4. All standard operators are keyed alike. 5. ther key removable options available. See table to the right. 6. * perator is available with three different cams. HWnK-A: Maintained (standard cam) HWnK-SA: Maintained (am S) HWnK-JA: Maintained (am J) 7. For nameplates, see page 596. HWnK-AF HWnK-BF HWnK-F HWnK-DF HWnK-AF HWnK-BF HWnK-F HWnK-DF HWnK-AF HWnK-BF HWnK-F HWnK-DF HWnK-JAFN HWnK-AF HWnK-BF HWnK-F HWnK-DF HWnK-SAFN9 HWnK-AF4 HWnK-BF4 HWnK-F4 HWnK-DF4 HWnK-SAF4N HWnK-AF4 HWnK-BF4 HWnK-F4 HWnK-DF4 8. For contact assembly part numbers, see page All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts.. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M- ).. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components.. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).. For Truth Tables see page 68. n Bezel Type Type ode Plastic Metal 4 Key emovable ption odes ode Description A Key not retained in any position (removable in all positions) B Key retained in right position only Key retained in left position only D Key retained in left and right ( position only) E Key retained in center only ( position only) G Key retained right and center ( position only) H Key retained left and center ( position only) 578

131 ømm - HW Series Bezel : Plastic 4: Metal # of Positions : -Position Structure H W K - B F perator blank: Maintained : Spring eturn from ight : Spring eturn from eft : Spring eturn Two Way ontact Arrangement : N-N 4: 4N : N 4: 4N : N-N Key emovable ption ode (see chart on previous page) Key Switches -Position (eplacement Parts) Anti-otation ontact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety ever ock + + perator = ompleted Unit ing ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. TW-DB HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break) Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Anti-otation ing HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. perators Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Maintained (standard cam) HWK-A HW4K-A Maintained (S cam) HWK-SA HW4K-SA Maintained (J cam) HWK-JA HW4K-JA Spring eturn from ight (standard cam) HWK-B HW4K-B Spring eturn from eft (standard cam) HWK- HW4K- -Way Spring eturn (standard cam) HWK-D HW4K-D. perator includes two keys.. All standard operators are keyed alike.. ther key removable options available. See table on previous page. 4. Key not removable from spring-returned position Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 579

132 ømm - HW Series Illuminated Selector Switches -Position (Assembled) Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers -Position Illuminated Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator Position Type Maintained Spring eturn from ight perator nly HWnF-k HWnF-k N- N N N- N 4 Full Voltage HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l Transformer V 4V 48V HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k Full Voltage HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l Transformer V 4V 48V HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k Full Voltage HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l Transformer V 4V 48V HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers. In place of k specify ens/ed color code.. In place of l specify Full Voltage code.. In place of m specify amp code. 4. In place of n enter for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel. 5. For nameplates, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page ight is independent of switch position. 8. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. 9. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-).. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components.. Yellow selector switch comes with white ED.. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).. For Truth Tables see page 68. k ens/ed olor ode olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y l Full Voltage ode Full Voltage Models Voltage ode 6VA/D 6V VA/D V 4VA/D 4V V A (ED only) V 4V A (ED only) 4V m amp ode amp ode Incandescent Blank ED D n Bezel ode Type ode Plastic Metal

133 ømm - HW Series Bezel : Plastic 4: Metal Transformer* + Position : Maintained : Spring eturn from ight ontact Blocks + Structure H W F F Q D G 4V ontact Arrangement : N-N Illumination ircuit : N Q: Full Voltage : N-N H: Transformer V A M4: Transformer 4V A T8: Tranformer 48V A ead Holder *Transformer not needed with full voltage models. amp ircuit omponents Description Terminals ead Holder Dummy Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer Unit (6V secondary voltage) For use with HW-B on all illuminated pushbutton units. ne required for each deck (pair) of contacts. For use with odd number of contacts. For use with even number of contacts. VA 4VA 48VA V 4V 48V V 4V 48V ens olor A: Amber S: Blue G: Green W: White : ed Y: Yellow amp ode D: ED Blank: Incandescent Illuminated Selector Switches -Position (eplacement Parts) + Fingersafe Exposed Spring Up Fingersafe Exposed Fingersafe Spring Up Exposed Mounting Adaptor + Part Number HW-H HW-DAFB HW-DAB HW-GA TW-DAFB TW-DAB TW-F6B TW-F46B TW-F486B HW-T6 HW-T46 HW-486 TW-T6B TW-T46B TW-T486B D-D onverter VD HW-6D. HW-GA Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor does not require the use of HW-H.. D-D convertor features spring-up terminals.. D-D convertor applicable voltage range 9-4V D. perators Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Maintained HWF- HW4F- Spring return from right HWF- Illuminated knobs must be ordered separately. HW4F- Safety ever ock + amp + Anti-otation ing ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Illuminated Knob Appearance HW9Z-FDY-k In place of k, specify the olor ode. amp Voltage (Full voltage units only) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A* 4V: 4V A* *ED only + perator + ens = ompleted Unit HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break) k ens/ed olor ode olor ode olor ode Amber A Blue S Green G White W ed Yellow Y Anti-otation ing HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. amps Voltage 6V A/D STD-6k ED V A/D STD-k 4V A/D STD-k V A STD-Hk 4V A STD-M4k Incandescent 6V A/D IS-6 V A/D IS- 4V A/D IS-4. In place of k, specify the ED olor ode.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes.. Use white ED for yellow lens. Yellow ED not available. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 58

134 ømm - HW Series Illuminated Selector Switches -Position (Assembled) ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights -Position Illuminated Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator Position Type Maintained Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft Spring eturn Two- Way perator nly HWnF-k HWnF-k HWnF-k HWnF-k N- N N N N- N 4N 4N Full Voltage HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l Transformer V 4V 48V HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k Full Voltage HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l Transformer V 4V 48V HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k Full Voltage HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l Transformer V 4V 48V HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k Full Voltage HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l HWnF-FQm-k-l Transformer V 4V 48V HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k HWnF-FHm-k HWnF-FM4m-k HWnF-FT8m-k Full Voltage HWnF-F4Qm-k-l HWnF-F4Qm-k-l HWnF-F4Qm-k-l HWnF-F4Qm-k-l Transformer V 4V 48V HWnF-F4Hm-k HWnF-F4M4m-k HWnF-F4T8m-k HWnF-F4Hm-k HWnF-F4M4m-k HWnF-F4T8m-k HWnF-F4Hm-k HWnF-F4M4m-k HWnF-F4T8m-k HWnF-F4Hm-k HWnF-F4M4m-k HWnF-F4T8m-k Full Voltage HWnF-F4Qm-k-l HWnF-F4Qm-k-l HWnF-F4Qm-k-l HWnF-F4Qm-k-l Transformer. In place of k specify ens/ed color code.. In place of l specify Full Voltage code.. In place of m specify amp code. 4. In place of n enter for plastic bezel or 4 for metal bezel. 5. For nameplates, see page For contact assembly part numbers, see page ight is independent of switch position. 8. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard fingersafe (HW-F...) contacts. V 4V 48V HWnF-F4Hm-k HWnF-F4M4m-k HWnF-F4T8m-k 9. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-).. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as subcomponents.. Yellow selector switch comes with white ED.. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts).. For Truth Tables see page 68. HWnF-F4Hm-k HWnF-F4M4m-k HWnF-F4T8m-k k ens/ed olor olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y HWnF-F4Hm-k HWnF-F4M4m-k HWnF-F4T8m-k l Full Voltage ode Full Voltage Models Voltage ode 6VA/D 6V VA/D V 4VA/D 4V V A (ED only) V 4V A (ED only) 4V HWnF-F4Hm-k HWnF-F4M4m-k HWnF-F4T8m-k m amp ode amp ode Incandescent Blank ED D n Bezel ode Type ode Plastic Metal

135 ømm - HW Series Bezel : Plastic 4: Metal Transformer* + Position : Maintained ontact Arrangement : Spring eturn from ight : Spring eturn from eft : Spring eturn -Way : N-N : N : N : N-N 4: 4N 4: 4N ontact Blocks + ead Holder *Transformer not needed with full voltage models. amp ircuit omponents Description Terminals ead Holder Dummy Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer Unit (6V secondary voltage) For use with HW-B on all illuminated pushbutton units. ne required for each deck (pair) of contacts. For use with odd number of contacts. For use with even number of contacts. VA 4VA 48VA V 4V 48V V 4V 48V Structure H W F F Q D G 4V Illumination ircuit Q: Full Voltage H: Transformer V A M4: Transformer 4V A T8: Tranformer 48V A ens olor A: Amber S: Blue G: Green W: White : ed Y: Yellow amp ode D: ED Blank: Incandescent Illuminated Selector Switches -Position (eplacement Parts) + Fingersafe Exposed Spring Up Fingersafe Exposed Fingersafe Spring Up Exposed Mounting Adaptor + Part Number HW-H HW-DAFB HW-DAB HW-GA TW-DAFB TW-DAB TW-F6B TW-F46B TW-F486B HW-T6 HW-T46 HW-486 TW-T6B TW-T46B TW-T486B D-D onverter VD HW-6D perators. HW-GA Dummy Block with full voltage adaptor does not require the use of HW-H.. D-D convertor features spring-up terminals.. D-D convertor applicable voltage range 9-4V D. Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Maintained HWF- HW4F- Spring return from right HWF- HW4F- Spring return from left HWF- HW4F- -Way spring return HWF- HW4F- Illuminated knobs must be ordered separately. Safety ever ock + amp + Anti-otation ing ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B. Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Illuminated Knob Appearance HW9Z-FDY-k In place of k, specify the olor ode. Full Voltage ode 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A* 4V: 4V A* *ED only + perator + ens = ompleted Unit HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break) k ens/ed olor ode olor ode olor ode Amber A Blue S Green G White W ed Yellow Y Anti-otation ing HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. amps Voltage 6V A/D STD-6k ED V A/D STD-k 4V A/D STD-k V A STD-Hk 4V A STD-M4k Incandescent 6V A/D IS-6 V A/D IS- 4V A/D IS-4. In place of k, specify the ED olor ode.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes.. Use white ED for yellow lens. Yellow ED not available. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 58

136 ømm - HW Series Mono ever Switches -Position (Assembled) ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights -Position Mono ever Switches Description HWM Standard ever HWM- Interlocking ever HWM-F- HWM-F- HWM-F-4 HWM-F-4 HWM-F- HWM-F- HWM-F-4 HWM-F-4 HWM-F- HWM-F- HWM-F-4 HWM-F-4 HWM-F- HWM-F- HWM-F-4 HWM-F-4 Maintained up and down Spring return up and down Maintained up and down Spring return up and down Maintained right and left Spring return right and left Maintained right and left Spring return right and left Maintained up and down Spring return up and down Maintained up and down Spring return up and down Maintained right and left Spring return right and left Maintained right and left Spring return right and left. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...) contacts.. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-).. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components. 4. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). ircuit Diagrams Position eft/ight ircuit Number 4 ontact Mounting Position No. eft enter ight HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F 4 HW-F Position Up/Down ircuit ontact Mounting Position Number No. Down enter Up HW-F HW-F HW-F 4 HW-F HW-F 4 HW-F ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 584

137 ømm - HW Series Type blank: Standard : Interlocking ontact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B Structure H W M - F up right down left ever Action : Maintained : Spring : Blocked Mono ever Switches -Position (Sub-assembled) s TW-DB HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break). Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (included) to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Safety ever ock + Anti-otation ing Anti-otation ing ircuit Number or 4 (see contact arrangement on previous page) + perator = ompleted Unit HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. perators Description Standard Maintained Up/Down HWM- Spring return Up/Down HWM- Maintained eft/ight HWM- Spring return eft/ight HWM- Interlocking Maintained Up/Down HWM- Spring return Up/Down HWM- Maintained eft/ight HWM- eplacement Parts Item Black ap Boot HW9Z-PM Spring return eft/ight HW9Z-BM (fits standard operator only) HWM- Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 585

138 ømm - HW Series Mono ever Switches - & 4-Position (Assembled) ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights -Position Description HWM Standard ever HWM- Interlocking ever HWM-F- HWM-F- HWM-F- HWM-F- Maintained right and left, spring return down Spring return right, down, left Maintained right and left, spring return down Spring return right, down, left ircuit Diagram ircuit ontact Mounting Position Number No. Down eft enter Up ight HW-F HW-F HW-F 4-Position Description HWM-F-N9 Maintained all positions HWM Standard ever HWM- Interlocking ever HWM-F-N9 HWM--N9 HWM--N9 HWM-F-N9 HWM-F-N9 HWM-F-N9 HWM-F-N9 Maintained up and down, spring left and right Spring up and down, maintained left and right Spring return all positions Maintained all positions Maintained up and down, spring left and right Spring up and down, maintained left and right Spring return all positions ircuit Diagram ircuit ontact Mounting Position Number No. Down eft enter Up ight HW-F N9 HW-F HW-F 4 HW-F. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...) contacts.. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-).. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components. 4. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 586

139 ømm - HW Series Type blank: Standard : Interlocking ontact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor HW-B Structure H W M - F up right down left ever Action : Maintained : Spring : Blocked Mono ever Switches & 4-Position (Sub-assembled) s TW-DB HW-F HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break). Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (included) to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Safety ever ock + Anti-otation ing Anti-otation ing ircuit Number Position: 4 Position: N9 + perator = ompleted Unit HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. perators Description Standard Interlocking eplacement Parts Item Black ap Boot HW9Z-PM ombination, position Spring return, position Maintained, 4 position ombination, 4 position ombination, 4 position Spring return, 4 position ombination, position Spring return, position Maintained, 4 position ombination, 4 position ombination, 4 position Spring return, 4 position HW9Z-BM (fits standard operator only) HWM- HWM- HWM- HWM- HWM- HWM- HWM- HWM- HWM- HWM- HWM- HWM- Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 587

140 ømm - HW Series Pushbutton Selectors (Assembled) Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights -Position Pushbutton Selectors eft perator Position ight am ontacts Mounting Normal Push Normal Push A D E F N T perator nly N-N N N-N perator nly N N-N perator nly N-N perator nly N-N perator nly N-N perator nly N-N HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F HW-F Blocked HW-A-j HW-AF-j HW-AF-j HW-AF-j HW-D-j HW-DF-j HW-DFN-j HW-E-j HW-EFN-j HW-F-j HW-FFN-j HW-N-j HW-NFN-j HW-T-j HW-TFN-j j Button olor ode olor ode olor ode Black B White W Green G Yellow Y ed Gray N Blue S ircuit Breakers. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...) contacts.. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-).. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components. 4. perator only models come with operator and button. 5. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts)

141 ømm - HW Series perator A: am A D: am D E: am E F: am F N: am N T: am T ontact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + ontact Blocks ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) ontact Block Mounting Adaptor (safety lever lock included) HW-B TW-DB HW-F Structure H W - D F N ontact Arrangement ode : N-N : N (For additional contact codes see previous page) Pushbutton Selectors (Sub-assembled) Safety ever ock HW-F (late break) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break). Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (included) to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. + Anti-otation ing Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Anti-otation ing perators Button olors B: Black G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow N: Gray + perator + Button = ompleted Unit HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. Description am A am D am E am F am N am T Part Number HW-A HW-D HW-E HW-F HW-N HW-T Buttons ound Flush HWA-B-j In place of j, specify the Button olor ode from table below. j Button olor ode olor ode olor ode Black B White W Green G Yellow Y ed Gray N Blue S Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 589

142 ømm - HW Series elays & Sockets Signaling ights Key features: Two pushbuttons and a pilot light are integrated into one spacesaving ø mm control unit. Momentary and interlock types are available for pushbuttons. Interlock type prevents both buttons from being pressed at the same time. Pilot lights are available in full voltage and transformer with ED or incandescent lamps. IP4 protection, IP65 when using silicon cover. U isted, SA approved, and EN compliant Applications: Ideal for use as power switches and start/stop switches (available with I/N and /FF markings on the buttons and a pilot light in the center). Interlock type prevents two pushbuttons from being pressed at the same time. Dual Pushbutton Switches Dual Pushbutton Switches (Assembled) s Without enter Pilot ight peration Type Button ontact Arrangement Top Button Bottom Button mbutton olor ode negend ode N N HW7D-BF-mn Timers Flush (top) Flush (bottom) N N HW7D-BF-mn N-N N-N HW7D-BF-mn N N HW7D-BF-mn Momentary N N HW7D-BF-mn N N HW7D-BF-mn ontactors Flush (top) Extended (bottom) Flush (top) Flush (bottom) N N HW7D-BF-mn N-N N-N HW7D-BF-mn N N HW7D-BF-mn N N HW7D-BF-mn N N HW7D-BF-mn N N HW7D-BF-mn N-N N-N HW7D-BF-mn N N HW7D-BF-mn G: Green (top) ed (bottom) WB: White (top) Black (bottom) Blank: Without legend : I/N (top) /FF (bottom) Terminal Blocks Interlock* Flush (top) Extended (bottom) N N HW7D-BF-mn N N HW7D-BF-mn N N HW7D-BF-mn N-N N-N HW7D-BF-mn N N HW7D-BF-mn N N HW7D-BF-mn ircuit Breakers. *Interlock type prevents both top and bottom buttons from being pressed simultaneously.. lear silicon rubber cover part number HW9Z-D7D.. Additional contact configurations available (up to 6 total contacts). 59

143 ømm - HW Series With enter Pilot ight peration Type Momentary Interlock* Button Top Button Bottom Button Flush (Top) Flush (Bottom) Flush (Top) Extended (Bottom) Flush (Top) Flush (Bottom) Flush (Top) Extended (Bottom) Flush (top) Flush (bottom) Flush (top) Extended (bottom). *Interlock type prevents both top and bottom buttons from being pressed simultaneously.. lear silicon rubber cover part number HW9Z-D7D.. All assembled part numbers in catalog include standard (HW-F...) contacts. 4. Assembled units with spring-up terminals (HW-G...) can be ordered by removing an F from the part number (Ex. HWB-MF- becomes HWB-M-). 5. Units with exposed screw terminals (HW-...) must be ordered as sub-components. kpilot ight Illumination & Voltage ode Full Voltage Voltage ode 6V A/D, ED Q V A/D, ED Q 4V A/D, ED Q4 V A, ED Q8 6V A/D, Incandescent Q5* V A/D, Incandescent Q6* 4V A/D, Incandescent Q7* Step-Down Transformer (6V Secondary amp Voltage) Voltage ode V A, ED H 4V A, ED M4 48V A, ED T8 V A, Incandescent H5* 4V A, Incandescent M45* 48V A, Incandescent T85* *nly available for White ens Pilot amp. l Pilot amp olor ode olor ode Amber A* Green G* ed * Blue S* White W *nly available in ED illumination. N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N-N N-N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N-N N-N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N-N N-N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N-N N-N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn N N HW7D-Fkl-mn mpushbutton olor ode olor ode Top Green Bottom ed G Top White Bottom Black WB nengraving odes Engraving ode No Engraving Blank I/N Top /FF Bottom Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 59

144 ømm - HW Series Signaling ights Pilot ight B: Without enter Pilot ight : With enter Pilot ight Button Arrangement : Momentary (Flush/Flush) : Momentary (Flush/Extended) : Interlock (Flush/Flush) : Interlock (Flush/Extended) Structure H W 7 D F H G ontact Arrangement Top Button : N : N : N : N Bottom Button : N : N : N : N Voltage ode Pilot amp olor blank: without center pilot light A: Amber* Y: Yellow* Full Voltage* Transformer* G: Green* blank: without Q: 6V ED H: V A ED : ed* S: Blue* W: White center pilot light *For additional voltage codes, please see previous page *nly available in ED illumination. Dual Pushbutton Switches (Sub-assembled) s Safety ever ontact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + + perator + ens = ompleted Unit ock Engraving ode blank: No Engraving : Top: I/N Bottom: /FF Pushbutton olor G: Top: Green Bottom: ed WB: Top: White Bottom: Black ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets amp ircuit omponents with Fingersafe Terminals Description Part Number For use with HW-B ead Holder on all illuminated pushbutton units. ne HW-H required for each deck (pair) of contacts. Dummy Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer Unit (6V secondary voltage) For use with odd number of contacts. For use with even number of contacts. VA 4VA 48VA Exposed and spring up terminals also available. perators Button Flush (top) Flush (bottom) HW7D-*m-n Flush (top) Extended (bottom) HW7D-*m-n Momentary Interlock Flush (top) Flush (bottom) Flush (top) Extended (bottom) HW7D-*m-n HW7D-*m-n mpushbutton olor ode olor ode olor ode Top Green Top White G WB Bottom ed Bottom Black HW-DAFB TW-DAFB TW-F6B TW-F46B TW-F486B Instead of * insert: B: Non-illuminated : Illuminated ontact Blocks ontacts N N ontacts N N Standard Fingersafe (IP) Dummy Block HW-F HW-F (early make) HW-F HW-F (late break) TW-DB ontact Block Mounting Adaptor Non-illuminated HW-B Illuminated (with HW-B Pilot ight). Used to mount contact blocks to operator (first pair only).. IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (included) to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from inadvertently unlocking contacts. Safety ever ock HW9Z-S Anti-otation ing Appearance HW9Z- Use with notched panel cutout to prevent unit rotation. nengraving odes Engraving ode No Engraving Blank I/N Top /FF Bottom Spring-Up Terminal Exposed Screw Terminal HW-G HW-G (early make) HW- HW- (early make) HW-G HW-G (late break) HW- HW- (late break) amps/ens Voltage 6V A/D STD-6k V A/D STD-k 4V A/D STD-k V A STD-Hk 4V A STD-M4k ED Incandescent Nonilluminated Illuminated 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D IS-6 IS- IS-4 HW9Z-B7B HW9Z-7W. In place of k, specify the ED olor ode.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and reverse polarity protection diodes. ked olor ode olor ode olor ode Amber A* Blue S* Green G* White W ed * nly for ED illumination. 59

145 ømm - HW Series ontact Arrangement hart ontact Arrangement ontact Block Top Button Bottom Button Top Button Bottom Button ontact ode Mounting Position Type Normal Push Normal Push N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Dummy 4 N N N N-N N Dummy 4 N N N N N Dummy 4 N N N N N Dummy 4 N N N N-N N Dummy 4 N N N N N Dummy 4 N N N N N N 4 Dummy N N N N N 4 Dummy N N-N N N N 4 Dummy N N-N N N N 4 Dummy. Transformers can have two or four contact blocks only.. ontact blocks and are actuated by the top button. ontact blocks and 4 are actuated by the bottom button. ontact Block Mounting Position Example Mounting Position Mounting Position Mounting Position 4 Mounting Position Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 59

146 ømm - HW Series ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights ontact Arrangement hart (con t) Top Button ontact Arrangement ontact Block Top Button Bottom Button Bottom Button N N N N N N N N-N N N N-N N N-N N-N N-N N N N N N-N N N ontact ode Mounting Position Type Normal Push Normal Push N N N 4 Dummy N N N 4 Dummy N N N 4 N N N N 4 N N N N 4 N N N N 4 N N N N 4 N N N N 4 N N N N 4 N N N N 4 N N N N 4 N ontact Block Mounting Position Example Mounting Position Mounting Position Mounting Position 4 Mounting Position 594

147 ømm - HW Series eset Buttons (Assembled) Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel (Blank) HWB-MS-jT HW4B-MS-jT Engraved HWB-MS-jT-ENG- HW4B-MS-jT-ENG- od. In place of j specify Button olor ode.. mm (5. ) overall length.. 6mm flat base for easy alignment ontactor eset Button j Button olor ode olor ode olor ode Black B White W Green G Yellow Y ed Gray N Blue S ontactor eset Button (Sub-assembled) od + perator + Button = ompleted Unit HW9Z-S-TK4 perator Plastic Metal HWB-M HW4B-M Button HWA-B-j In place of j, specify the Button olor ode from table. j Button olor ode olor ode olor ode Black B White W Green G Yellow Y ed Gray N Blue S Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 595

148 ømm - HW Series Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Nameplate (blank engraving plate included) Nameplate (engraved) Additional Insert (blank) Additional Insert (engraved) Nameplates - HW Series HWAM Black Plastic HWAQ Black Plastic HWAS Black Plastic HWAV Yellow Plastic. 4.9 ø 9 7 Engraving Plate ø 9 7 Engraving Plate HWAM-B HWAQ-B HWAS-B HWAM-j HWAQ-j HWAS-j HWNP- HWNP- HWNP Dimensions 7 HWNP-j HWNP-j. In place of j, insert either the standard legend code from table below or custom engraving delimited by.. Standard engravings are available at no charge.. * HWAV-7 comes engraved Emergency Stop as shown in drawing. 4. HWAV5-7 and HWAV5- for 6mm diameter E-Stops (8mm diameter nameplate). Standard egend odes Pushbuttons Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Selector Switches egend ode egend ode egend ode egend ode egend ode AUT SE DWN EMEG.STP FAST FWAD HAND HIGH IN INH JG W WE FF N PEN UT AISE ESET EVESE UN SW STAT STP TEST UP I (Int l n) (Int l ff) EM AUT-MAN SE-PEN DWN-UP FAST-SW F-EV HAND-AUT HIGH-W JG-UN EFT-IGHT WE-AISE MAN-AUT FF-N N-FF PEN-SE AISE-WE EV-F UN-JG UN-SAFE SAFE-UN SW-FAST STAT-STP STP-STAT UP-DWN I (Int l FF N).7 ircuit Breakers ø.6 AUT-MAN-FF AUT-FF-MAN SE-FF-PEN DWN-FF-SW FAST-FF-SW F-FF-EV EFT-FF-IGHT WE-FF-AISE FF-MAN-AUT FF-SW-FAST FF-- PEN-FF-SE SW-FF-FAST SUMME-FF-WINTE UP-FF-DWN -FF- HAND-FF-AUT. To order engraved nameplates, add legend code to nameplate part number.. haracter height based on the number of characters and size of nameplate. Standard character size is /6.. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates. 4. Nameplates have built-in anti-rotation feature for use with notched panel cut-outs. Additional anti-rotation ring (HW9Z-) is not necessary ø6mm HWAV- HWAV5- HWAV-7* HWAV5-7 mm 596

149 ømm - HW Series Nameplates rder Form HW Series opy this order form and use it to specify etter Height, ustom Engravings, ocation of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDE representative or Distributor. Your ompany: Name: Telephone: Fax & HWAM Nameplate Engraving ocation HWAQ Nameplate Engraving ocation HWAS Nameplate Engraving ocation A Engraving ocation B Step. hoose etter Size - 7/64 or /8. heck the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below the check boxes. Note: /8 size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. Step. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Step. hoose etter Size - 7/64 or /8. heck the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below the check boxes. Note: /8 size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. Step. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Qty Qty 7/64 etter Size /8 etter Size IDE ep/distributor ontact: P number (if known): IDE ep/distributor Phone: IDE ep/distributor Fax & characters maximum (for 7/64 size letters) 9 characters maximum (for 7/8 size letters) /64 etter Size /8 etter Size Step. hoose etter Size - / or /8. heck the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below the check boxes. Note: /8 size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. Step. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Step. Specify ocation. Enter the location of engraving (A or B), in box on the right. characters maximum (for 7/64 size letters) 9 characters maximum (for 7/8 size letters) Qty ocation / etter Size /8 etter Size characters maximum (for / size letters) 4 characters maximum (for 7/8 size letters) Sample etter Sizes 7/64 etters: A B D /8 etters: A B D Sample etter Sizes 7/64 etters: A B D /8 etters: A B D Sample etter Sizes / etters: A B D /8 etters: A B D Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 597

150 ømm - HW Series Switch Engraving rder Form HW Series opy this order form and use it to specify etter Height, Maximum Number of ines and Text to be engraved. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDE representative or Distributor. Your ompany: Telephone: Signaling ights Name: Address: P: Fax: to be Engraved: elays & Sockets Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options: # of ines etter Height Square Switch Max. haracters Per ine # of ines etter Height ound Switch Max. haracters Per ine ø9mm, ø4mm Mushroom Head # of ines Engraving Engraving Area Area etter Height Max. haracters Per ine 5/ 5 5/ 5 5/ 5 Engraving Area /8 6 /8 5 /8 5 Timers 5/ 5 5/ 5 5/ 7 Engraving Area /8 6 /8 6 /8 7 /8 6 /8 5 4 / 5 4 / 5 ontactors Terminal Blocks Enter text to be engraved: ine : ine : ine : ine 4:. Above mentioned specifications hold true for standard size pushbuttons (round and square).. Engraving Area can be engraved for 4mm mushroom Head non-illuminated push button only.. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-illuminated push buttons and on marking plate for illuminated push buttons and pilot lights. 4. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters. Sample etter Sizes /8 etters: 5/ etters: ircuit Breakers For IDE Internal Use nly: Work rder #: 598

151 ømm - HW Series Accessories Item Appearance Description/Usage ocking ing Wrench amp/ed emoval Tool Anti-otation ing ubber Mounting Hole Plug Metallic Mounting Hole Plug Barrier Pushbutton lear Boot Padlock over Metallic tool used to tighten the plastic locking ring when installing the HW series in a panel ubber tool makes lamp/ed removal easier. Prevents rotation of switches in panel. (included with all assembled switches except pilot lights) Black rubber plug fills unused 7/8 mounting holes in panel. For plugging unused 7/8 mounting holes in the panel. Tighten the attached locking ring to a torque of kfg-cm maximum Degree of protection: IP66 To prevent contact between adjacent lead wires when buttons or switches are tightly mounted close together. Used to cover and protect pushbuttons perating temperature: 5 to +6 Plastic hinged padlockable cover to protect pushbuttons or selector switches. (Not intended for E-Stops) Degree of protection: IP65 MW9Z-T -55 for notched panel cutout (standard) for round panel cutout B- W9Z-BM HW-V Flush Pushbuttons Extended Pushbuttons HW9Z-K Tab Terminal Adapter Tab #5 (6.5 x.8mm): Single tab TW-FA Mounting Adaptor eplacement Safety ever ock eset od for ontactors verload eplacement perator Washer eplacement ocking ing Switch over (Square) Used to mount round HW series (except Jumbo Mushroom, unibody, and square units) into a larger panel cut-out. (includes both pieces) Used to prevent contact mounting lever from moving due to heavy vibration or panel maintenance. to mm HW9Z-A to 5mm HW9Z-A5 HW9Z-S 5 rod used with HWB-M. HW9Z-S-TK4 Provided with operator. Insert between bezel and locking ring. Plastic locking nut comes with all HW operators & assemblies. Used only with round or square flush pushbuttons. HWM-WASHE Standard (plastic) ptional (metal) eplacement Keys Pair of Keys (#) HW9Z-SKP HW9Z- W9Z- - - HW9Z-K (spring return) HW9Z-K (maintained cover) HW9Z-N HW9Z-NM Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 599

152 ømm - HW Series Signaling ights Item Appearance Description/Usage eplacement ens HW Illuminated Unibody eplacement ens HWV-ENS eplacement Jumbo Dome ens eplacement Jumbo ED Diffusing ens eplacement ED amps for HW Jumbo Dome Polycarbonate eplacement ens (If using yellow lens, use white ED.) eplacement ED amp - applicable for jumbo pilot lights only HWA-P5j j = (A, G,, S, W, Y)) HW9Z-PP5 STDB-j j = (A, G,, S, W) elays & Sockets ubber over for Dual Pushbuttons Barrier for Dual Pushbuttons lear Silicon rubber cover Plastic barrier. Used when mounting the HW7 units on mm horizontal centers, to prevent possible interconnections between adjoining terminals. HW9Z-D7D HW-VG EM Sticker EM Emergency stop nameplate sticker HW9Z-EM-NP-TK Timers E-Stop Shrouds s E-Stop Types Applicable Standards s E-Stop Types Applicable Standards HW9Z-KG 4mm Mushroom Head SEMI S-7,.5. ompliant HW9Z-KG 4mm Mushroom Head SEMI S ompliant (Approved by TUV) ontactors HW9Z-KG 4mm, and 6mm Mushroom Head SEMI S-7,.5. & SEMATEH ompliant HW9Z-KG4 4mm Mushroom Head SEMI S ompliant (Approved by TUV) & SEMATEH Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers Standard ontact Assemblies For use with Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons & E-Stops ontacts Standard Fingersafe ontacts Spring Up Terminal ontacts N N N/N N N N/N N N N/N N N N/N HW-BF HW-BF HW-BF HW-BF HW-BF HW-BF HW-B HW-B HW-B HW-B HW-B HW-B Gold contact option is available for spring-up terminals. Add suffix MAU to end of part number. For example, HW-B becomes HW-B-MAU. ontact Assemblies Full Voltage ontact Assemblies For use with Illuminated Pushbuttons. ontacts rder lamp separately. N N N/N N N HW-FQ HW-FQ HW-FQ HW-FQ HW-FQ 6

153 ømm - HW Series Transfomer ontact Assemblies For use with Illuminated Pushbuttons. ontacts V A with ED 4V A with ED 48V A with ED V A with Incandescent 4V A with Incandescent. In place of k, specify the ED olor ode. k = A, G,, S, or W. 6V ED or incandescent lamp included. N N N N/N N N N N/N N N N N/N N N N N/N N N N N/N HW-FH-k HW-FH-k HW-FH-k HW-FH-k HW-FM4-k HW-FM4-k HW-FM4-k HW-FM4-k HW-FT8-k HW-FT8-k HW-FT8-k HW-FT8-k HW-FH HW-FH HW-FH HW-FH HW-FM4 HW-FM4 HW-FM4 HW-FM4 Dimensions (mm) Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Flush (HWB-M, -A) Extended (HWB-M, -A) ø9mm Mushroom (HWB-M -A) M.5 Terminal Screw ocking ing 5. ( or blocks) 7. (4 blocks) Panel Thickness.8 to 6 ø9 5 ø K 4.4 M.5 Terminal Screw ocking ing 5. ( or blocks) 7. (4 blocks) Panel Thickness.8 to 6 9 ø.6 ø K 4.4 M.5 Terminal Screw ocking ing 5. ( or blocks) 7. (4 blocks) Panel Thickness.8 to 6 ø4mm Mushroom (HWB-M4, -A4) ø6mm Mushroom (HWB-M5) Square Flush (HWB-M, -A) M.5 Terminal Screw ocking ing 5. ( or blocks) 7. (4 blocks) Panel Thickness.8 to 6. ø K 4.4 M.5 Terminal Screw ocking ing 5. ( or blocks) 7. (4 blocks) Panel Thickness.8 to 6 5 ø6 M.5 Terminal Screw ocking ing 5. ( or blocks) 7. (4 blocks) Square Extended (HWB-M, -A) ontact Block (Bottom View) Terminal Wiring M.5 Terminal Screw ocking ing 5. ( or blocks) 7. (4 blocks) Panel Thickness.8 to K contact block contact blocks 4 contact blocks. ø9 Panel Thickness.8 to K K 9.6 Arrows indicate access directions for wiring Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 6

154 ømm - HW Series Signaling ights perators Flush (ound & Square) Panel Thickness.8 to 6 5 ø.6 Extended with Full Shroud ound 9.4 K K Square K Extended 8.5 ø.5 5 ø4mm Mushroom ø K 4.4 K Extended Dimensions (mm) Timers ø9.5 ø ø elays & Sockets Emergency Stop Pushbuttons ø9mm Head Pushlock Turn eset (HWB-V). 9.4 Dimensions (mm) Panel Thickness.8 to 6 Terminal Screw M.5 Gasket ocking ing K ø contact block contact blocks 4 contact blocks 5. ( or blocks) 7. (4 blocks) 9.4 ontactors ø4mm Head Pushlock Turn eset (HWB-V4) K ø4mm Head EM Pushlock Turn eset (HWB-V4) ocking ing K ock ever ø4 ø Terminal Blocks ø4mm Head Pushlock Key eset (HWB-4) K 5. ( or blocks) (4 blocks) ø6mm Head Pushlock Turn eset (HWB-V5) ø4 4.4 ø6 ircuit Breakers

155 ømm - HW Series ø4mm Head Push-Pull (HWB-Y) 5.5 ø4 5 Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (HWE-V4) M.5 Terminal Screw Gasket Terminal over Panel Thickness.8 to 6 TP Marking M.5 Terminal Screw amp Terminal Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View) HWE-BV4 Side. (N). (N). (N).4 (N) (N-N) Emergency Stop Stations Box over Mouting Screws ocking ing HWE-V4 A HWB-V4 K.5 Box over 4 AMP TP ø4. (N). (N). (N).4 (N) (N-N) Box Base ø4mm Head Unibody Pushlock Turn eset (HWB-BV4) Panel Thickness.8 to 6 M.5 Terminal Screw Gasket Terminal over ocking ing TP Marking Mounting Hole ø max.. perator Dimension A (mm) Pushlock Turn eset Pushlock Key eset (Key inserted: 49.4) Push Pull ø4 The minimum mounting centers shown below are applicable to E-Stop switches with one layer of contact blocks (two contact blocks). When two layers of contact blocks are mounted, determine the minimum mounting centers for ease of wiring. Unit Vertical Spacing Horizontal Spacing HWB-V HWB-V4 HWB-4 5 mm 5 mm HWB-Y HWB-V5 6 mm 6 mm Mounting Hole ayout 4-M4 Tapped Holes for ear Mounting (Depth: mm) -Front Mounting Holes ø4 Knockout Dimensions (mm) 4 -ø4.6 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 6

156 ømm - HW Series Pilot ights Full Voltage M.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness.8 to 6 Gasket ocking ing Flush Dome ound/dome Square Flush ø9 Dimensions (mm) Signaling ights Transformer M.5 Terminal Screw Flush Dome ound/dome ø9 Square Flush Mounting Hole ayout lose mounting on mm centers Degree of protection: IP elays & Sockets D-D onverter M.5 Terminal Screw 4 Flush Dome ound/dome Square Flush ø9 When mounting transformer or D-D converter type units on mm centers vertically and horizontally, keep the ambient temperature below 4º. Jumbo Dome Pilot ights Timers Panel Thickness to 5 M.5 Terminal Screw ø66 ED amp STDB ight blue: STDB Base BA9S/ Illumination olor Incandescent amp SB Base BA9S/ ø Mounting Hole ayout.8 max. ø ø ontactors ocking ing ubber Gasket Illuminated Pushbuttons Full Voltage Models ontact Block ontact Blocks ontact Blocks Full Voltage Adapter Full Voltage Adapter Full Voltage Adapter Terminal Blocks M.5 Terminal Screw ontact Block ocking ing Panel Thickness.8 to 6 M.5 Terminal Screw ontact Block ocking ing Panel Thickness.8 to 6 M.5 Terminal Screw ontact Block ocking ing Panel Thickness.8 to 6 ircuit Breakers contact block 5. ( block) contact blocks 65.8 ( blocks) contact blocks 7. ( blocks) 64

157 ømm - HW Series Illuminated Pushbuttons con t 4 ontact Blocks Terminal Wiring Arrows indicate access directions for wiring. Full Voltage Adapter M.5 Terminal Screw ontact Block 4 contact blocks Transformer Models 4 M.5 Terminal Screws ocking ing 85.8 (4 contacts) 89.7 ( blocks) 9.5 (4 blocks) Panel Thickness.8 to 6 Non-Illuminated Selector & Key Switches Knob perator M.5 Terminal Screw contact block contact blocks 4 contact blocks Key perator Illuminated Selector Switches Full Voltage Model M.5 Terminal Screw 69.4 ( blocks) 89.4 (4 blocks) Panel Thickness.8 to 6 Gasket ocking ing 48.5 ( or blocks) 68.5 ( or 4 blocks) 7 5 ontact Block Full Voltage Adaptor D-D onverter Models M.5 Terminal Screw.5 K ø9 4.4 ø Transformer 9.4 Safety ever ock 89.5 ( blocks) 9.5 (4 blocks) 9.4 K K Transformer Model ø ø9 M..5 Terminal Screw ocking ing 79.5 ( blocks) 99.5 (4 blocks) Dimensions (mm) Dimensions (mm) Terminal Wiring Arrows indicate access directions for wiring. ontact Block Full Voltage Adaptor Tranformer K 4.4 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers ø9 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 65

158 ømm - HW Series Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Dual Pushbutton Without Pilot ight 4.4 With Pilot ight Full Voltage (Bottom Button) (Top Button) 49.4 ( contacts) 69.4 ( or 4 contacts) Panel Thickness.8 to 6 Safety ever ock HW ubber Gasket.5 ocking ing 4.5 Full Voltage Adapter HW 69.4 ( contacts), 89.4 (4 contacts) (Note) Without Button Markings With Button Markings (I/N and /FF) N FF The depth of a -contact model depends on the combination of contact blocks at top and bottom pushbuttons. Top Button contact block contact blocks Bottom Button contact blocks contact block Depth 89.4 mm 69.4 mm Mounting Hole ayout ø. 55 ** max. * Dimensions (mm) -The. mm recess is for preventing rotation and is not necessary when a nameplate or anti-rotation ring is not used. -When using the safety lever lock, determine the vertical spacing in consideration of convenience for installing and removing the safety lever lock. -ecommended vertical spacing: mm -The minimum mounting centers are applicable to switches with one layer of contact blocks (two contact blocks). When two layers of contact blocks are mounted, determine the minimum mounting centers for ease of wiring. Transfomer (4V minimum) Transformer ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers Transformer (48V) Transformer, D-D onverter HW HW 79.5 ( contacts), 99.5 (4 contacts) 89.5 ( contacts), 9.5 (4 contacts) Monolever Dimensions (mm) ( blocks) 69.4 (4 blocks) 8 7 4ϒ 6 max ϒ 6 max. 66

159 ømm - HW Series W9Z-BM Metallic Mounting Hole Plug Gasket ocking ing ø5.8 HW9Z-D7D Dual Pushbutton ubber over 58 HW9Z-K Padlock over 7 ø5 (ID: ø44.4) HW9Z-KG ø TP Marking perator.5 ø. Key Hole ø Panel Thickness:. to B- ubber Mounting Hole Plug.5 ø9 ø5 HW-VG Dual Pushbutton Barrier 45 Panel Thickness.8 to. 9 4 Waterproof ubber Gasket.5t Gasket TP Marking.5 ocking ing.5 Accessory Dimensions HW9Z- Anti-otation ing ø9 ø MW9Z-T ocking ing Wrench HWS-TK97 Safety ever ock Screwdriver.5 Safety ever ock ontact Block Mounting Adapter HW9Z-KG ø. TP Marking perator ø9 Panel Thickness:. to 4 ø76. TP ø8 emove perator 6.5 Panel TP Marking ocking ing -55 amp/ed emoval Tool ø.6 HW-V Barrier HW9Z-KG HW9Z-KG4 STD ø 4 ø ø74 ø 5 ø ø ock ever Install ø9.5 K ø4 Safety ever ock ø.6 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 67

160 ømm - HW Series ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Position Selector Switches HWS-T HWK-* HWF- HWS-T HWK-* HWF- ontact HW-F (N) HW-F (N) HW-F (N-EM) HW-F (N-B) Mounting Position perator Position eft ight Position Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator Position Position eft enter ight HW-F (N) HW-F (N) HWS-ST HWK-S* HW-F (N-EM) HW-F (N-B) ontact HW-F (N) HW-F (N) HW-F (N-EM) HW-F (N-B) Mounting perator Position Position eft enter ight. Mounting position indicates which side of operator each contact should be mounted (as viewed from the front of the panel).. *For key removable code see page 579. Specification harts perator Truth Tables Position Selector Switches con t HWS-JT HWK-J* ontact HW-F (N) HW-F (N) HW-F (N-EM) HW-F (N-B) onforming to IED Appendix. Utilization categories A-5 and D-. peration rate:,8 op. hour oad factor: Inductive.4 ±.5 esistive.9 ±.5 Mounting perator Position Position eft enter ight 4 Position Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator Position Position 4 HW-F (N) HW-F (N) HWS-4T HW-F (N-EM) HW-F (N-B) 5 Position Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator Position Position 4 5 HW-F (N) HW-F (N) HWS-5T HW-F (N-EM) HW-F (N-B). HWS-T is identified by white plungers on the operator. 4. HWS-ST is identified by red plungers on the operator. 5. HWS-JT is identified by black plungers on the operator. 68

161 ømm - HW Series Turn off power to HW series control units before starting installation, removal, wiring, maintenance, and inspection of the products. Failure to turn power off may cause electrical shocks or fire hazard. To avoid the possibility of burning yourself, use the lamp holder tool when replacing lamps. Panel Mounting emove the contact block assembly from the operator (for transformer type pilot lights, remove the transformer from the illumination unit). emove the locking ring from the operator. Insert the operator into the panel cut-out from the front, tighten the locking ring from the back, then install the contact block assembly to the operator. emoving and Installing the ontact Block Assembly. To remove the operator from the contact block, turn the locking lever in the direction of the arrow shown below. The operator can now be removed.. To reinstall, place the TP markings on the operator and the contact block mounting adapter in the same direction, and insert the operator into the contact block mounting adapter. Then turn the locking lever in the opposite direction. Notes for Panel Mounting. When mounting the operator onto a panel, use the optional locking ring wrench (MW9Z-T) to tighten the locking ring. Tightening torque must not exceed. N m. Do not use pliers. Excessive tightening will damage the locking ring.. For the contact blocks and transformers housing ED and incandescent lamps, make sure not to press the lamps too hard, otherwise the lamp socket may be damaged. eplacement of ens emoving emove the lens by inserting a screwdriver into the recess of the lens through the bezel. Installing Install the lens in the recess between the buttons by pressing against the bezel. HW Safety Precautions HW General Instructions For wiring, use wires of a proper size to meet voltage and current requirements. Tighten the M.5 terminal screws to a tightening torque of. to. N m. Failure to tighten terminal screws may cause overheating and fire. Safety ever ock IDE strongly recommends using the safety lever lock (HW9Z-S, yellow) to prevent heavy vibration or maintenance personnel from unlocking the contact assembly.. HW series can be mounted vertically with a minimum spacing of 55 mm but spacing should be determined to ensure easy operation (recommended minimum spacing: mm).. Mount the control unit onto the panel, lock the lever, and push in the safety lever lock to install.. When the spacing is narrower than the recommended value, with the lever unlocked, mount the safety lever lock and insert the contact unit to the operator. Then, lock the lever and strongly push in the safety lever lock to install. 4. To remove the safety lever lock, insert a flat screwdriver into the safety lever and push upwards. Safety ever ock Screwdriver ontact Block Mounting Adapter Dual Pushbutton Instructions emove perator Panel ock ever 6.5 Install K Safety ever ock Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 69

162 ømm - HW Series eplacement of amps amps can be replaced by using the lamp holder tool (-55) from the front of the panel, or by removing the contact block assembly from the operator unit. emoving the amps from the Front of the Panel Dual Pushbuttons Instructions con t Tightening Torque for Terminal Screws Tighten the M.5 terminal screws to a torque of. to. N m. Installation of ED Illuminated Units When using full voltage type ED illuminated units, provide protection against electrical noise, if necessary. Signaling ights elays & Sockets emoval. To remove, slip the lamp holder tool onto the lamp head lightly. Then push slightly, and turn the lamp holder tool counterclockwise. Installation. To install, insert the lamp head into the lamp holder tool, and hold the lamp as shown in the figure below. amp amp Holder Tool Applicable Wiring The applicable wire size is mm maximum. (solid wire ø.6mm maximum) ne or two wires can be connected. Applicable rimping Terminal 7.9 max. ø.6 min. 4 max. 5.5 min. Be sure to use an insulation tube or cover on the crimping part of the crimping terminal to prevent electrical shocks. Solid Wire Timers. Place the pins on the lamp base to the grooves in the lamp socket. Insert the lamp and turn it clockwise. About Pushbutton Switches The pushbuttons cannot be removed or replaced! amp Base Do not attempt to remove the pushbuttons! ø.6 max. 8 max. Note: When connecting wires to contact blocks or transformers in the direction shown below, keep the insulation stripping length 6.6 mm at the maximum. ontactors Terminal Blocks Do not attempt to remove using a flat screwdriver or pincers, otherwise the pushbuttons may be damaged. Pushbuttons Narrow Mounting When mounting the units closely in a horizontal row on mm centers, use optional barriers to prevent interconnection between adjoining terminals. The barriers can be attached simply by pressing them onto the sides of contact blocks. Barrier Inside Inside Installing the ubber over When using the HW7D pushbuttons in places where the pushbuttons are subjected to water splash or an excessive amount of dust, make sure to use the HW9Z-D7D rubber boot (IP65) which is ordered separately. Notes for Installing the ubber over emove the gasket from the operator, and install the rubber boot on the operator. Pull out the seals of the rubber boot and place them around the operator sleeve as shown. Make sure that the seals are not twisted or tucked inside and that the gasket does not remain, otherwise the normal waterproof and dustproof characteristics are not ensured.. emove the gasket.. Install the rubber boot. ubber boot is on the pushbuttons. installed. ircuit Breakers When mounting transformer type illuminated units closely in a horizontal row on -mm centers, insert solid wires or stranded wires into inside of the terminal screw on the transformer (see figure on the right) to prevent short circuit between adjoining terminals. Inside Inside Gasket emove Seals Seals Install 6

163 ømm - TW Series Key features: TW NEMA Switches with snap-on contacts orrosion resistant octagonal chrome plated locking bezel Snap-on A contact blocks Incandescent or ED illumination Slow make, double break, self cleaning contacts Modular construction for maximum flexibility NEMA 4 and IP65 watertight/oiltight panel Available assembled or as sub-components arge M.5 screw terminals with captive sems plate U isted File No. E6896 TW Series mm NEMA Pushbuttons SA Approved File No. 45 IDE has your mm switching needs covered. Button styles include flush, extended, mushroom, or square and all bodies are crafted from fracture-resistant nylon. All illuminated units feature two lense styles, one that maximizes light dispersion, the other accommodates direct lens engraving. Self cleaning contact mechanisms allow for a wide current rating, 5mA to A, which reduces the need for various contact materials. When looking for a mm switch that is durable, easy to use, and versatile, then IDE s TW series is your solution. File No. DK Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 6

164 ømm - TW Series ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Specifications ontact atings haracteristics onforming to Standards Approvals File No. E6896 File No. 45 egistration No: J9558 (E-Stops) egistration No: J9558 (All other switches) egistration No: J95584 (Pilot ights) perating Temperature Vibration esistance Shock esistance Electric Shock Protection Degree of Protection (conforming to IE659) (conforming to NEMA IS6-) Mechanical ife Pollution Degree (conforming to IE6947-) ated perational haracteristics ated Insulation Voltage ated Switching ver-voltage ated Impulse Withstanding Voltage ated Thermal urrent Minimum Switching apacity ontact peration ecommended Terminal Torque External Short-ircuit Protection Applicable Wire Size ontact esistance ontact Gap Electrical eliability amp atings Horsepower ating Maximum Inrush urrent ontact Material Pushbuttons Illuminated Pushbuttons Selector Switches Illuminated Selector Switches Pushbutton Selectors ertificate No. 578 ontact Block ated Insulation Voltage ated ontinuous urrent ontact atings by Utilization ategory IE EN6947-, EN , VDE66-, U58, SA - No.4 SA: pushbuttons and selector switches: A6 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (/, 5,, /,, 4, 8, 4/44, 48V) U: pushbuttons and selector switches: A6 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (/, 5,, /,, 4, 8, 4/44, 48V) TÜV: pushbuttons and selector switches: A6=P6 (N, N)/Q6 (N-EM, N-B) pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (/, 5,, /,, 4, 8, 4/44, 48V) peration: 5 to +5 (without freezing), Storage: 4 to +8 (without freezing) 5 to 55Hz, m/sec (g) conforming to IE m/sec (g) conforming to IE lass conforming to IE656 IP65 from front of the panel; (IP54 for key switches) IP (Type HW-F contact block) Type,,,, S, 4, 4, 5,, (Type,,, 5,, for key switches) Momentary pushbuttons: 5,, (9 operations per hour) All other switches: 5, for switches not using a transformer, for switches using a transformer A-5: A6 or Ue = 5V, le = A (N, N, N-EM, N-B) D-: P6 or Ue = 5V, le =.A (N, N) D-: Q6 or Ue = 5V, le =.9A (N-EM, N-B) 6V ess than 4kV, conforming to IE6947-4kV for contact circuit,.5kv for lamp circuit Amp 5 ma at V A/D Slow break N or slow make N, self-cleaning.8 N m (7. in lb.) A 5V fuse conforming to IE669- Minimum x AWG, max. x 4 AWG or x AWG Initial contact resistance of 5mΩ or less 4mm (N and N), mm (N-EM and N-B) MTBF < fault for million operation cycles (V D, 5mA) Incandescent: W EDs: 6V: 7mA max, /4V: ma max, /4V: ma max /4 V (single-phase, non-reversing motor); 4V ( phase, non-reversing motor) 4 A (4 ms) Silver Type HW-/HW-F 6V A A-5 (A6) D- (P6) ontact atings by Utilization ategory perational Voltage 4V 48V 5V V V 44V A- ontrol of resistive loads and solid state loads A A A 6A A A5/6Hz A-5 ontrol of electromagnetic loads (> 7VA) A 7A 5A A A perational urrent D- ontrol of resistive loads and solid state loads 8A 5A.A.A D D- ontrol of electromagnets 5A A.A.6A 6

165 ømm - TW Series Function B: Momentary : Maintained K: Key n/ff ock Bezel Shape Blank: ctagonal F: Full Shroud G: Mushroom Shroud Q: Square To be used for interpreting part numbers only, not for part number development. Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Assembled Pushbuttons A B ( ) W ( ) B Button olor B: Black G: Green W: White : ed S: Blue Y: Yellow Terminal Blank: Standard N: Fingersafe (IP) ontact Arrangement : N : N : N : N : N-N : N-N Button Shape : Flush : Extended : Mushroom Head Ø 9mm 4: Mushroom Head Ø 4mm Series Designation W: TW Series Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 6

166 ømm - TW Series Signaling ights elays & Sockets Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Flush Extended ecessed Extended with Full Shroud Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) continued ontacts Momentary Action Maintained Action N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N ABW-j ABW-j ABW-j ABW-j ABW-j ABW-j ABW-j ABW-j ABW-j ABW-j ABFW-j ABFW-j ABFW-j ABFW-j ABFW-j ABFW-j ABFW-j ABFW-j ABFW-j ABFW-j AW-j AW-j AW-j AW-j AW-j AW-j AW-j AW-j AW-j AW-j AFW-j AFW-j AFW-j AFW-j AFW-j AFW-j AFW-j AFW-j AFW-j AFW-j j Button olor odes olor ode Black B Green G ed Blue S Yellow Y White W Timers Ø 9mm Mushroom Head Ø 4mm Mushroom Head N N N-N N N N N N-N N N ABW-j ABW-j ABW-j ABW-j ABW-j ABW4-j ABW4-j ABW4-j ABW4-j ABW4-j AW-j AW-j AW-j AW-j AW-j AW4-j AW4-j AW4-j AW4-j AW4-j ontactors Ø 4mm Mushroom Head with Full Shroud Square Flush N N N-N N N N N N-N N N ABGW4-j ABGW4-j ABGW4-j ABGW4-j ABGW4-j ABQW-j ABQW-j ABQW-j ABQW-j ABQW-j AGW4-j AGW4-j AGW4-j AGW4-j AGW4-j AQW-j AQW-j AQW-j AQW-j AQW-j Terminal Blocks Square Extended N N N-N N N ABQW-j ABQW-j ABQW-j ABQW-j ABQW-j AQW-j AQW-j AQW-j AQW-j AQW-j ircuit Breakers Keylock Push n/ ff N N N-N N N. In place of j, specify the Button olor ode from table.. For sub-assembled part numbers, see next page.. For accessories, see page For dimensions, see page Keyed switches are supplied with two keys. All units are keyed alike. AKW AKW AKW AKW AKW 64

167 ømm - TW Series perators ound Flush/Extended ound with Full Shroud/ ecessed Ø 4mm, Ø 9mm Mushroom Head Ø 4mm Mushroom Head with Full Shroud Square Flush/Extended Keylock Push n/ff Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) ontact Blocks + perator + Button = omplete Part Momentary ABW- ABFW- ABW- ABGW-4 ABQW- Maintained AW- AFW- AW- AGW-4 AQW- AKW- Buttons ound Flush ound Extended Ø 9mm Mushroom Ø 4mm Mushroom Square Flush Square Extended ABWB-j ABWB-j ABWB-j ABW4B-j ABQWB-j ABQWB-j In place of j specify the button color code from table ontact Blocks Standard Exposed Screw Fingersafe (IP), E marked Dummy Block N HW- HW- (early make) HW-F HW-F (early make) TW-DB N HW- HW- (late break) HW-F HW-F (late break). Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break function j Button olor odes olor Black Green ed Blue Yellow White ode B G S Y W Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 65

168 ømm - TW Series E-Stops (Assembled) elays & Sockets Signaling ights Assembled E-Stops Timers Function V: Pushlock Turn eset Y: Push-Pull : Pushlock Key eset Illumination Blank: None : Illuminated A V () W 4 (B) (99) (D) (N) (4V) amp Voltage (full voltage illuminated units only) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A (ED only) 4V: 4V A (ED only) Button/ens olor Series Designation W: TW Series A: Amber : ed W: White G: Green S: Blue Y: Yellow B: Black Button/ens Size ontact Terminal ontactors : 9mm Mushroom 4: 4mm Mushroom ens Type (illuminated units only) Blank: Standard N: Fingersafe (IP) amp Type (illuminated units only) Blank: Standard (ribbed) B: Engravable (smooth with insert) Blank: Incandescent D: ED Terminal Blocks Illuminated ircuit (illuminated unit only) 99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage) 6: V A Step Down Transformer 46: 4V A Step Down Transformer 486: 48V A Step Down Transformer ontact Arrangement : N : N : N : N : N/N : N/N ircuit Breakers To be used for interpreting part numbers only, not for part number development. 66

169 ømm - TW Series Non-Illuminated E-Stops Ø 4mm Pushlock Turn eset* Ø 9mm Pushlock Turn eset* Ø 4mm Push-Pull Ø 4mm Pushlock Key eset * ontacts. *Available in ed only.. In place of j, specify the Button olor ode from table.. For sub-assembled part numbers, see next page. 4. For accessories, see page For dimensions, see page 645. E-Stops (Assembled), continued N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N AVW4-* AVW4-* AVW4-* AVW4-* AVW4-* AVW-* AVW-* AVW-* AVW-* AVW-* AYW4-j AYW4-j AYW4-j AYW4-j AYW4-j AW4- * AW4- * AW4- * AW4- * AW4- * Illuminated E-Stops Type ontacts Ø 4mm Pushlock Turn eset Type Ø 9mm Pushlock Turn eset Ø 4mm Push-Pull Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage. *Available in red only.. In place of k, specify the ens olor ode (see table above).. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage ode (lamp voltage) (see table above). 4. In place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage ode (see table above). 5. In place of n, specify the amp Type ode from table above. 6. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page. 7. For accessories, see page For dimensions, see page 645. N-N N N N-N N N N-N N N N-N N N N-N N N N-N N N AVW4 m n-* AVW4 m n-* AVW4 m n-* AVW499n-*-l AVW499n-*-l AVW499n-*-l AVWmn-* AVWmn-* AVWmn-* AVW99n-*-l AVW99n-*-l AVW99n-*-l AYW4 m n-k AYW4 m n-k AYW4 m n-k AYW499n-k-l AYW499n-k-l AYW499n-k-l j Button olor odes olor ode Black B Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y k ED/ens olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White W l Full Voltage odes Voltage ode 6V A/D 6V V A/D V 4V A/D 4V V A V (ED only) 4V A 4V (ED only) m Transformer Voltage odes Voltage ode VA 4VA 48VA Transformers step down to 6V. n amp Type odes amp ode Incandescent ED Blank D Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 67

170 ømm - TW Series Transformer/ Adaptor* E-Stops (Sub-Assembled) + ontacts + amp Holder + perator + amp + Button or ens = omplete Part Signaling ights *Not applicable for full voltage units perators Non-Illuminated Illuminated Buttons Ø 4mm Pushlock Turn eset ontact Blocks Voltage 6V A/D STD-6k Ø 9/Ø 4mm Pushlock Turn eset AVW4B-* ED V A/D 4V A/D STD-k STD-k elays & Sockets Ø 4mm Push-Pull AVW- AVW-6 Ø 9mm Pushlock Turn eset AVWB-* V A 4V A STD-Hk STD-M4k Incandescent 6V A/D IS-6 V A/D 4V A/D IS- IS-4 AYW-4 AYW4-6. In place of k, specify the ED color code.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. Timers Ø 4mm Pushlock Key eset AW- Ø 4mm Push-Pull AYW4B-j j Button olor odes olor ode Black B Green G Ø 4mm Pushlock Key eset ed Blue S AW4B-* White W ontactors. *Available in ed only. In place of j, specify the button color code from table. Yellow Y k ED/ens olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed Terminal Blocks Blue White S W ircuit Breakers 68

171 ømm - TW Series enses Ø 9mm Head Pushlock Turn eset Ø 4mm Head Pushlock Turn eset Ø 4mm Head Push Pull Illuminated E-Stops (Sub-Assembled) continued Standard AVWU-* AVW4U-* AYW4U-k Engravable AVWBU-* AVW4BU-* AYW4BU-k. In place of k, specify the lens color code from table on previous page.. *Available only in red. Standard lenses have ribbed pattern, Engravable lenses are smooth and include an engravable insert. amp ircuit omponents Short amp Holder ong amp Holder ead Holder Application Used with a Half-size Transformer and one contact block Used with Full-size Transformer and two contact blocks Used with Half-size Transformer and three contact blocks Used with Full Voltage Adaptor and two contact blocks Used with TW-H holder when using four contact blocks TW-H TW-H HW-H Transformers/Full Voltage Modules Full Size Transformer Half Size Transformer Description Standard Fingersafe V A 4V A V A 4V A 48V A V A 4V A 48V A TW-T6B TW-T46B TW-T486B TW-F6B TW-F46B TW-F486B TW-T6SB TW-T46SB Full voltage model (use with even number of contacts) Standard TW-DAB Fingersafe TW-DAFB Full voltage model (use with odd number of contacts) Standard HW-DAB All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). ontact Blocks Standard Exposed Screw Fingersafe (IP), E marked Dummy Block N HW- HW- (early make) HW-F HW-F (early make) Fingersafe TW-DB N HW- HW- (late break) HW-F HW-F (late break). Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break function HW-DAFB Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 69

172 ømm - TW Series Pilot ights (Assembled) elays & Sockets Timers Signaling ights Assembled Pilot ights A P (Q) W (B) (99) (D) (4V) ontactors Terminal Blocks Function P: Pilot ight Bezel Shape Blank: ctagonal (round lenses) Q: Square Series Designation W: TW Series ens Shape : Flat : Dome ens Type Blank: Standard (ribbed) B: Engravable (smooth with insert included) Illumination ircuit 99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage) 6: V A Step Down Transformer 46: 4V A Step Down Transformer 486: 48V A Step Down Transformer amp Voltage (Full Voltage Units nly) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A (ED only) 4V: 4V A (ED only) ens olor ode A: Amber G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow amp Type Blank: Incandescent D: ED ircuit Breakers. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.. All transformers step down to 6V. 6

173 ømm - TW Series Assembled Pilot ights ound Flat Dome Square Flat Pilot ights (Assembled) continued Type Voltage. In place of k, specify the ens olor ode from table below.. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage ode from table below.. In place of m, specify the amp Type ode from table below. 4. For accessories, see page For dimensions, see page For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page. 7. Yellow pilot light comes with white ED. Transformer VA 4VA 48VA APW6m-k APW46m-k APW486m-k Full Voltage APW99m-k-l Transformer VA 4VA 48VA APW6m-k APW46m-k APW486m-k Full Voltage APW99m-k-l Transformer VA 4VA 48VA APQWB6m-k APQWB46m-k APQWB486m-k Full Voltage APQWB99m-k-l k ens olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y l Full Voltage odes Voltage ode 6V A/D 6V V A/D V 4V A/D 4V V A V (ED only) 4V A 4V (ED only) m amp Type odes amp ode Incandescent Blank ED D Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 6

174 ømm - TW Series Pilot ights (Sub-Assembled) Transformer + perator + amp + ens = omplete Part ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights perators ound Dome/Flat Square enses Dome ound Flat * Transformer not required for full voltage units. APW-99 UPQW-99 Same operator is used for full voltage as for transformer completed units. Standard Engravable APWU-k amps ED Voltage 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A 4V A STD-6k STD-k STD-k STD-Hk STD-M4k Incandescent 6V A/D IS-6 V A/D 4V A/D IS- IS-4. In place of k, specify the ED color code.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode.. Yellow ED not available. Use white ED. Transformers Description Standard Fingersafe All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). V A 4V A 48V A V A 4V A 48V A k ED/ens olor odes olor Amber Green ed Blue White Yellow TW-T6B TW-T46B TW-T486B TW-F6B TW-F46B TW-F486B ode A G S W Y If clear lens is desired, use white marking lens and remove engraving insert APWU-k APWBU-k Terminal Blocks Square Flat APQWBU-k ircuit Breakers. In place of k, specify the ens olor ode from table.. Standard lenses have a ribbed lens to enhance light dispersion. Marking lenses are smooth and include an engravable insert. 6

175 ømm - TW Series Function : Momentary Action : Maintained Action Bezel Shape Blank: ctagonal (round lenses) F: Full Shroud (round lenses) Q: Square Series Designation W: TW series ens Shape/Size : Standard Extended (round or square) : 9mm Mushroom 4: 4mm Mushroom ens Type Blank: Standard (ribbed) B: Engravable (smooth with insert) Illumination ircuit 99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage) 6: V A Step Down Transformer 46: 4V A Step Down Transformer 486: 48V A Step Down Transformer. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.. Transformers step down to 6V. Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Assembled Illuminated Pushbuttons A (F) W (B) 99 (D) (N) (4V) amp Voltage (Full Voltage Units nly) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A (ED only) 4V: 4V A (ED only) ens ode A: Amber G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow ontact Terminal Blank: Standard N: Fingersafe amp Type Blank: Incandescent amp D: ED amp ontact Arrangement : N : N : N : N : N-N : N-N Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 6

176 ømm - TW Series Signaling ights Illuminated Pushbuttons Extended ens Transformer Full Voltage ontacts N-N N N N-N N N Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) Momentary AW m n-k AW m n-k AW m n-k AW99n-k-l AW99n-k-l AW99n-k-l Maintained AW m n-k AW m n-k AW m n-k AW99n-k-l AW99n-k-l AW99n-k-l k ED/ens olor odes olor Amber Green ed Blue White Yellow ode A G S W Y. Mushroom lenses not available in yellow.. Yellow pushbutton comes with white ED. elays & Sockets Extended ens with Full Shroud Transformer Full Voltage N-N N N N-N N N AFW m n-k AFW m n-k AFW m n-k AFW99n-k-l AFW99n-k-l AFW99n-k-l AFW m n-k AFW m n-k AFW m n-k AFW99n-k-l AFW99n-k-l AFW99n-k-l l Full Voltage odes Voltage 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A 4V A ode 6V V 4V V (ED only) 4V (ED only) ø9mm Mushroom ens Transformer N-N N N AW m n-k AW m n-k AW m n-k AW mn-k AW mn-k AW m n-k m Transformer Voltage odes Voltage ode VA 6 Timers Full Voltage N-N N N AW99n-k-l AW99n-k-l AW99n-k-l AW99n-k-l AW99n-k-l AW99n-k-l 4VA 46 48VA 486 Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). ontactors ø4mm Mushroom ens Transformer Full Voltage N-N N N N-N N N AW4 m n-k AW4 m n-k AW4 m n-k AW499n-k-l AW499n-k-l AW499n-k-l AW4 mn-k AW4 mn-k AW4 m n-k AW499n-k-l AW499n-k-l AW499n-k-l n amp Type odes amp ode Incandescent Blank ED D Terminal Blocks Square Extended Transformer Full Voltage N-N N N N-N N N AQWB mn-k AQWB mn-k AQWB mn-k AQWB99n-k-l AQWB99n-k-l AQWB99n-k-l AQWB mn-k AQWB mn-k AQWB mn-k AQWB99n-k-l AQWB99n-k-l AQWB99n-k-l ircuit Breakers. In place of k, specify the ens olor ode (see table). Mushroom lenses not available in yellow.. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage ode (lamp voltage) (see table).. In place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage ode (see table). 4. In place of n, specify the amp Type ode from table. 5. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page. 6. For accessories, see page For dimensions, see page ight is independent of switch position. 9. Yellow pushbutton comes with white ED. 64

177 ømm - TW Series Transformer/ Adaptor* *Not applicable for full voltage units perators Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) + ontacts + amp Holder + perator + amp + ens = omplete Part Momentary Maintained Extended AW-6 AW-6 Extended with Full Shroud ø9mm/ø4mm Mushroom AFW-6 AW-6 AFW-6 AW-6 Square/Extended AQW-B6 AQW-B6 enses Standard Engravable ound Extended AWU-k AWBU-k ø 9mm Mushroom Head* ø 4mm Mushroom Head* AWU-k AW4U-k AWBU-k AW4BU-k Square Extended AQWBU-k. In place of k, specify the lens color code from table on the bottom right.. *Mushroom lens not available in yellow.. Standard lenses have ribbed pattern, Engravable lenses are smooth and include an engravable insert. amps ED Voltage 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A 4V A STD-6k STD-k STD-k STD-Hk STD-M4k Incandescent 6V A/D IS-6 V A/D 4V A/D IS- IS-4. In place of k, specify the ED color code.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. amp ircuit omponents Short amp Holder ong amp Holder ead Holder Application k ED/ens olor odes olor ode olor ode Amber A Blue S Green G White W ed Yellow Y Yellow ED not available. Use white ED. Used with a Half-size Transformer and one contact block Used with Full-size Transformer and two contact blocks Used with Half-size Transformer and three contact blocks Used with Full Voltage Adaptor and two contact blocks Used with TW-H holder when using four contact blocks TW-H TW-H HW-H Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 65

178 ømm - TW Series Signaling ights ontact Blocks Standard Exposed Screw Fingersafe (IP), E marked N HW- HW- (early make) HW-F HW-F (early make) Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) continued N HW- HW- (late break) HW-F HW-F (late break) Transformers/Full Voltage Modules Full Size Transformer Half Size Transformer Description Standard Fingersafe V A V A 4V A 48V A V A 4V A 48V A TW-T6B TW-T46B TW-T486B TW-F6B TW-F46B TW-F486B TW-T6SB Dummy Block 4V A TW-T46SB elays & Sockets TW-DB. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break function Full voltage model (use with even number of contacts) Standard Fingersafe TW-DAB TW-DAFB Full voltage model (use with odd number of contacts) Standard HW-DAB ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers Fingersafe HW-DAFB All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). 66

179 ømm - TW Series Function S: Selector Switch Series Designation W: TW Series Number of Positions : -Position : -Position 4: 4-Position 5: 5-Position Spring eturn Action Blank: Maintained : Spring return from ight ( or position) : Spring return from eft ( or position) : -Way spring return from eft and ight ( position only). Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.. ustom contact configurations available.. ustom key removable codes available. 4. Portions of part number inside ( ) are optional. Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Assembled Selector Switches A S W () () (N) 4 ircuit Number (Standard circuits shown on following pages and 65.) ontacts Terminal Blank: standard N: Fingersafe (IP) ontact Arrangement ode : N : N : N : N 4: 4N 4: 4N : N-N : N-N perator ode Blank: Knob perator : ever perator K: Key perator Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 67

180 ømm - TW Series -Position Selector Switches Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) continued Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors ontact Mounting perator Position Maintained Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft N N Knob ever Key Knob ever Key ASW ASW ASWK ASW-6 ASW-6 ASWK-6 ASW ASW ASWK ASW-6 ASW-6 ASWK-6 ASW ASW ASWK ASW-6 ASW-6 ASWK-6 N N Knob ever Key ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK N N Knob ever Key Knob ever Key ASW ASW ASWK ASW-4 ASW-4 ASWK-4 ASW ASW ASWK ASW-4 ASW-4 ASWK-4 ASW ASW ASWK ASW-4 ASW-4 ASWK-4 N N 4 Knob ever Key ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK N N 4 Knob ever Key ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- 68

181 ømm - TW Series -Position Selector Switches ontact N N N N N N N N 4N 4N Mounting Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) continued perator Position Maintained Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft Spring eturn Two-Way Knob ever Key Knob ever Key Knob ever Key Knob ever Key Knob ever Key Knob ever Key Knob ever Key ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW-9 ASW-9 ASWK-9 ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW4 ASW4 ASWK4 ASW4 ASW4 ASWK4 ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW-9 ASW-9 ASWK-9 ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW4 ASW4 ASWK4 ASW4 ASW4 ASWK4. The truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when the operator is switched to that position. = n (closed contacts) = ff (open contacts) = verlapping ontacts: emain on (closed contacts) when switch is moved between these two positions.. All knob and lever selector switches come in black. ther colors are available by ordering the knob or lever separately.. Every key selector switch uses an identical key. The key is removable in any maintained position. 4. ustom contact configurations are available, see page Position Selector Switch perator Position ontact N N Mounting 4 4 Knob ever Maintained ASW4-4 ASW4-4 4 ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW-9 ASW-9 ASWK-9 ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW4 ASW4 ASWK4 ASW4 ASW4 ASWK4 5-Position Selector Switch perator Position ontact N N Mounting ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW-9 ASW-9 ASWK-9 ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW4 ASW4 ASWK4 ASW4 ASW4 ASWK4 Knob ever Maintained 4 5 ASW5-5 ASW5-5 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 69

182 ømm - TW Series Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) ontact Blocks + perator + Knob or ever* + olor Insert* = omplete Part ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights perators. *Not needed with key type switches.. Knob type shown. Positions Description Knob/ever Key 4 5 Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left Maintained, am Maintained, am Maintained, am Spring return from right, am Spring return from right, am Spring return from left, am Spring return from left, am Spring return from left/right, am Spring return from left/right, am Maintained, Standard am Maintained, am Maintained, Standard cam Maintained, am Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left Maintained, am Maintained, am Maintained, am Spring return from right, am Spring return from right, am Spring return from left, am Spring return from left, am Spring return from left/right, am Spring return from left/right, am. Two keys are supplied with every key switch, all are keyed alike, and removable from any maintained position.. ocking rings are included with all operators. rder knobs, levers, and color inserts separately.. Different cams produce different contact actions. For details, see page Key switch operator supplied with black sleeve. j Handle/Insert olor odes olor ode Black* B Blue S Green G ed Yellow Y White W *olor inserts not available in black. Knob and lever not available in white. eplacement Parts Key Switch Black Sleeve ASW ASW ASW ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW4 ASW4- ASW5 ASW5- ASWK ASWK ASWK ASWK- ASWK- ASWK- ASWK- ASWK- ASWK- ASWK- ASWK- ASWK- AKWB-B Handles and Inserts Knob ever olor Insert ontact Blocks Standard Exposed Screw Fingersafe (IP), E marked Dummy Block ASWHHY-j ASWHH-j TW-H-j N N HW- HW- (early make) HW-F HW-F (early make) TW-DB HW- HW- (late break) HW-F HW-F (late break). Push rod color code: Green = N contact block ed = N contact block.. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks. 6

183 ømm - TW Series Function S: Illuminated Selector Switch Series Designation W: TW series Number of Positions : -Position : -Position Spring eturn Action Blank: Maintained : Spring return from ight : Spring return from eft : Two-Way spring return from eft and ight Illumination ircuit 99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage) 6: V A Step Down Transformer 46: 4V A Step Down Transformer 486: 48V A Step Down Transformer Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Assembled Illuminated Selector Switches A S W () 99 (D) (N) () (4V). Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.. All transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). amp Voltage (Full Voltage Units nly) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A (ED only) 4V: 4V A (ED only) ens olor ode A: Amber G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow ontact ircuit Number Standard circuits are listed on the following pages and 65. ontact Terminal Blank: Standard N: Fingersafe amp Type Blank: Incandescent amp D: ED amp ontact Arrangement : N : N : N : N 4: 4N 4: 4N : N-N : N-N Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 6

184 ømm - TW Series Illuminated -Position Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator Position amp ircuit Type Illuminated Selector Switches(Assembled) continued Maintained Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft j Transformer Voltage odes Voltage ode VA 6 4VA 46 48VA 486 Signaling ights elays & Sockets N N Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l N k ED/ens olor odes N Transformer ASW j m-4-k ASW j m-4-k ASW j m-4-k olor ode Full Voltage ASW99m-4-k-l ASW99m-4-k-l ASW99m-4-k-l Amber A Green G N Transformer ASW j m-k ASW j m-k ASW j m-k N Full Voltage ASW99m-k-l ASW99m-k-l ASW99m-k-l ed 4 Blue S White W Illuminated -Position Selector Switches, Maintained and Spring eturn from ight Yellow Y perator Position Maintained Spring eturn From ight Spring eturn from eft Spring eturn Two-Way amp ircuit Type ontact Mounting Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers N N N N N N N N 4N 4N Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage. In place of j, specify the Transformer Voltage ode.. In place of k, specify the ens/ed olor ode.. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage ode. 4. In place of m specify amp Type ode 5. For custom contact configurations, see page ight is independent of switch position. 7. Yellow selector switch comes with white ED. ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-9-k ASW99m-9-k-l ASW j m--k ASW99m--k-l ASW j 4m-k ASW994m-k-l ASW j 4m-k ASW994m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-9-k ASW99m-9-k-l ASW j m--k ASW99m--k-l ASW j 4m-k ASW994m-k-l ASW j 4m-k ASW994m-k-l l Full Voltage odes Voltage ode 6V A/D 6V V A/D V 4V A/D 4V V A V (ED only) 4V A 4V (ED only) ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-9-k ASW99m-9-k-l ASW j m-- k ASW99m-- k -l ASW j 4m-k ASW994m-k-l ASW j 4m-k ASW994m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-k ASW99m-k-l ASW j m-9-k ASW99m-9-k-l ASW j m--k ASW99m--k-l ASW j 4m-k ASW994m-k-l ASW j 4m-k ASW994m-k-l m amp Type odes amp ode Incandescent ED Blank D 6

185 ømm - TW Series Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) Transformer* + ontact Block + perator + amp/ead Holder + amp + ens = omplete Part *Full voltage units use a full voltage adaptor (TW-DAB) instead of a transformer. amp holder is not included with operators, order separately. ead holder is used when using or more contact blocks. rder separately. perators Positions Description Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left Maintained, cam Maintained, cam Maintained, cam Spring return from right, cam Spring return from right, cam Spring return from left, cam Spring return from left, cam Spring return from left/right, cam Spring return from left/right, cam Different cams produce different contact action. For details, see ontact Arrangements on page 65. enses (Knobs) Knob In place of k, specify the lens color code from table. ASWU-k ASW ASW ASW ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- ASW- amps Voltage 6V A/D STD-6k ED V A/D STD-k 4V A/D STD-k V A STD-Hk 4V A STD-M4k Incandescent 6V A/D IS-6 V A/D IS- 4V A/D IS-4. In place of k, specify the ED color code.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. k ED/ens olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y Yellow ED not available. Use white ED Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 6

186 ømm - TW Series Signaling ights ontact Blocks Standard Exposed Screw Fingersafe (IP), E marked Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) continued Transformers/Full Voltage Modules N HW- HW- (early make) HW-F HW-F (early make) N HW- HW- (late break) HW-F HW-F (late break) Description Full Size Transformer V A TW-T6B Standard 4V A TW-T46B 48V A TW-T486B V A TW-F6B Fingersafe 4V A TW-F46B 48V A TW-F486B Half Size Transformer V A TW-T6SB Dummy Block 4V A TW-T46SB elays & Sockets TW-DB. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.. Use of early and late break contacts creates a make before break function amp ircuit omponents Full voltage model (use with even number of contacts) Standard Fingersafe TW-DAB TW-DAFB Short amp Holder Application Full voltage model (use with odd number of contacts) Standard HW-DAB Timers Used with a Half-size Transformer and one contact block TW-H Fingersafe HW-DAFB ontactors ong amp Holder Used with Full-size Transformer and two contact blocks Used with Half-size Transformer and three contact blocks Used with Full Voltage Adaptor and two contact blocks TW-H All Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). ead Holder Used with TW-H holder when using four contact blocks HW-H ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 64

187 ømm - TW Series How to ead ontact Arrangement harts ontact Arrangement harts To determine contact block mounting position, first make sure the selector switch is oriented as shown on the right ontact Arrangement Type and quantity of switch contacts Mounting Position ircuit Number * N/D = No designation required ontact Arrangement hart: -Position Selector Switches perator Position ontact N ircuit Number N/D N 6 N N N-EM N-B N N/D 6 6 N/D N 4 N N N/D ontact Block ontact Block Mounting Position Position or mounting contact blocks on operator Description HW- Knob/ever Key TW-DB Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key TW-DB Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- HW- HW- 4 HW- HW- HW- HW- 4 HW- Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob. N-EM, N-B = Early Make, ate Break. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled selector switch part number.. = n (closed contacts) = ff (pen contacts) perator Position Truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when operator is switched to that position. Maintained perator Spring et. from t. Spring et. from t. ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW ASW ASWK ASW 4 ontact Block Part number to use when ordering sub-assembly contact blocks, as required for use with corresponding mounting position Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 65

188 ømm - TW Series ontact Arrangement hart: -Position Selector Switches ontact ircuit Number Mounting Position perator Position ontact Block Description Maintained perator Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft Two-Way ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights N N N N N N N/D 4 N/D N/D 8 9 HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- Knob/ever Key HW- Illuminated Knob HW- HW- HW- 4 HW- HW- HW- HW- 4 HW- HW- HW- HW- 4 HW- HW- HW- HW- 4 HW- HW- HW- HW- 4 HW- Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW-. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a - and a - for -position selector switches. The internal cam of a - is different from that of a -. This results in designated combinations of open and closed contacts in the various operator positions.. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number.. = n (closed contacts) = ff (open contacts). verlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions. 66

189 ømm - TW Series ontact Arrangement hart: -Position Selector Switches ontact 4N 4N ircuit Number N/D 5 N/D 4 Mounting Position perator Position ontact Block HW- HW- HW- 4 HW- HW- HW- HW- 4 HW- HW- HW- HW- 4 HW- HW- HW- HW- 4 HW- Description Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Maintained ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- perator Spring eturn from ight ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- Spring eturn from eft ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- Two-Way ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW-. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a - and a - for -position selector switches. The internal cam of a - is different from that of a -. This results in designated combinations of open and closed contacts in the various operator positions.. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number.. = n (closed contacts) = ff (open contacts). verlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 67

190 ømm - TW Series ustom Selector Switch Building Guide To build a custom selector switch, follow these steps. Mounting Positions Step How many positions of the switch are needed? 4 # of positions (,, 4, 5) Signaling ights Step How many contacts should there be? # of isolated contacts (maximum 6) elays & Sockets Step Fill in the Truth Table ( = closed, = open) Knob Position 4 5 Timers ontacts Step 4 ontactors If building a position selector, skip this step. ( position selectors have only one cam) If building a, 4, or 5 position selector, determine appropriate cam as follows: ook at ow from above table and locate an identical row in the operator truth tables (See next page). epeat for all rows. The user must find one operator that contains all rows from above table. ecord the operator cam version. Step 5 Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers Build by placing appropriate contact in appropriate mounting position for each desired row on operator cam truth table. and refer to mounting on left or right side of operator as viewed from the front of the panel. Step 6 Develop an assembly part number (if necessary) as follows: follow standard numbering nomenclature for selector switches (see pages 67 or 6. In place of the ircuit Number indicate the cam number and contact arrangement as such ASW--ESS, where is the cam number, and contact arrangement E calls out individual contact mounting locations in order (see diagram above). =N, =N, E=N-EM, =N-B, = no contact. Part number must designate all 6 possible mounting locations. aution: Before putting any custom selector switch into use, the user should use an ohmmeter to test for desired performance.. For perator Truth Tables, see next page. 68

191 ømm - TW Series Use the following tables to build custom selector switches. Position Selector Switches ASW ASW ASWK ASW- ASWK- ASW- ontact HW- (N) HW- (N) HW- (N-EM) HW- (N-B) Mounting Position perator Position eft ight Position Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator Position Position eft enter ight HW- (N) HW- (N) ASW- ASWK- ASW- ASW- ASWK- ASW- HW- (N-EM) HW- (N-B) ontact HW- (N) HW- (N) HW- (N-EM) HW- (N-B) ontact HW- (N) HW- (N) HW- (N-EM) HW- (N-B) Mounting perator Position Position eft enter ight Mounting perator Position Position eft enter ight perator Truth Tables 4 Position Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator Position Position 4 HW- (N) HW- ASW4 (N) HW- (N-EM) ASW4- HW- (N-B) ontact HW- (N) HW- (N) HW- (N-EM) HW- (N-B) Mounting perator Position Position 4 5 Position Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator Position Position 4 5 HW- (N) HW- (N) ASW5 HW- (N-EM) ASW5- HW- (N-B) ontact HW- (N) HW- (N) HW- (N-EM) HW- (N-B) Mounting perator Position Position 4 5 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 69

192 ømm - TW Series Faceplates Nameplates TW Series NWA NWAQ NWAS EMEGENY STP." (9mm).76" (45mm)." (9mm) ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Nameplate (blank) Nameplate (engraved)." (5.4mm) NWA-B (black) NWA- (red).975" (5mm).566" (4.5mm) NWAQ-B (black) NWAQ- (red).76" (45mm) NWAS-B ø7mm NWA- NWA-j NWAQ-j NWAS-j NWA-7. In place of j, insert either the Standard egend ode from table below or custom engraving delimited by.. Standard engravings are available at no charge. NWA-7 comes marked Emergency Stop as shown in drawing. Standard egend odes Pushbuttons Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Selector Switches egend ode egend ode egend ode egend ode egend ode AUT SE DWN EMEG.STP FAST FWAD HAND HIGH IN INH JG W WE FF N PEN UT AISE ESET EVESE UN SW STAT STP STP TEST UP I (Int l n) (Int l ff) EM AUT-MAN SE-PEN DWN-UP FAST-SW F-EV HAND-AUT HIGH-W JG-UN EFT-IGHT WE-AISE MAN-AUT FF-N N-FF PEN-SE AISE-WE Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers EV-F UN-JG UN-SAFE SAFE-UN SW-FAST STAT-STP STP-STAT UP-DWN AUT-MAN-FF AUT-FF-MAN SE-FF-PEN DWN-FF-SW FAST-FF-SW F-FF-EV EFT-FF-IGHT WE-FF-AISE FF-MAN-AUT FF-SW-FAST FF-- PEN-FF-SE SW-FF-FAST SUMME-FF-WINTE UP-FF-DWN -FF- HAND-FF-AUT To order engraved nameplates, add legend code to nameplate part number. haracter height based on the number of characters and size of nameplate. Standard character size is /6.. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates. Nameplate rder Form on next page. 64

193 ømm - TW Series ustom Engraved Nameplates rder Form TW Series opy this order form and use it to specify etter Height, ustom Engravings, ocation of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDE representative. or Distributor. Your ompany Name: NWA NWAQ NWAS Your Name: Telephone: Fax & Engraving ocation Engraving ocation Engraving ocation A Engraving ocation B Step. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Step. hoose etter Size - 7/64 or /8. heck the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: /8 size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. Step. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Qty Step. hoose etter Size - 7/64 or /8. heck the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: /8 size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. Step. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Qty Qty Step. hoose etter Size - /8 or /. heck the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: /8 size letters cannot exceed 4 characters. Step. Specify ocation. Enter the location of engraving (A or B), in the box on the right. 7/64 etter Size /8 etter Size IDE ep/distributor ontact: P number (if known): IDE ep/distributor Phone: IDE ep/distributor Fax & characters max (for 7/64 size letters) 9 characters max (for /8 size letters) /64 etter Size /8 etter Size / etter Size /8 etter Size characters max (for 7/64 size letters) 9 characters max (for /8 size letters) characters max (for / size letters) 4 characters max (for /8 size letters) Sample etter Sizes 7/64 etters: /8 etters: Sample etter Sizes 7/64 etters: /8 etters: ocation Sample etter Sizes / etters: /8 etters: Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 64

194 ømm - TW Series Switch Engraving rder Form TW Series opy this order form and use it to specify etter Height, Maximum Number of ines and Text to be engraved. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDE representative or Distributor. Your ompany: Telephone: Signaling ights Name: Address: P: Fax: to be Engraved: elays & Sockets Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options: # of ines etter Height Square Switch Max. haracters Per ine # of ines etter Height ound Switch Max. haracters Per ine ø9mm, ø4mm Mushroom Head # of ines Engraving Engraving Area Area etter Height Max. haracters Per ine 5/ 6 5/ 5 5/ 5 Engraving Area /8 6 /8 6 /8 5 Timers 5/ 6 5/ 5 5/ 7 Engraving Area /8 5 /8 6 /8 7 /8 6 /8 5 4 / 5 4 / 5 ontactors. Above mentioned specifications hold true for standard size pushbuttons (round and square).. Engraving Area can be engraved for 4mm mushroom Head non-illuminated push button only.. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-illuminated push buttons and on marking plate for illuminated push buttons and pilot lights. 4. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters. Enter text to be engraved: Sample etter Sizes Terminal Blocks ine : ine : ine : ine 4: /8 etters: 5/ etters: ircuit Breakers For IDE Internal Use nly: Work rder #: 64

195 ømm - TW Series TW Series Accessories Accessories Item Appearance Description/Usage amp emoval Tool ubber tool used to install or remove ED s and incandescent lamps -55 ontact Block emover Used to remove contact blocks, transformers, lenses, and adaptors. an also be used to determine panel thickness adjustment. Nut ocking Wrench Used in -4 locking wrench to tighten locking nuts inside square bezel TW-KQ Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Boot/over Anti-otation ing hrome plated bezels tighten onto operator (replacement for damaged bezels) Black plastic bezels for square buttons (replacement for damaged bezels) Used to cover and protect pushbuttons Standard octagonal units (chrome-pl.) Full shroud octagonal units (chrome-pl.) Full shroud mushroom head units Ø 4mm ound flush units (black plastic) ound extended units (black plastic) Square units (black plastic) Square units with full shroud (black plastic) Waterproof lens cover for square pilot lights Waterproof lens cover for square illuminated buttons lear boot for round flush units lear boot for round extended units *In place of asterisk, specify ubber Boot color: B (black), G (green), (red), Y (yellow) - (nitril rubber) ing to prevent operator base from rotating in the mounting hole. Used when nameplate is not used Mounting Hole Plug Black rubber plug fills unused mounting holes in panel. B- Metallic Mounting Hole Plug For plugging unused mounting holes in the panel. Tighten the attached locking ring to a torque of kfg-cm maximum Degree of protection: IP66 TW-K AW-8 AW-F8 AW-G4 AW-PB AW-FPB AW-QB AW-QFB APWN APW - - W-* G- W9Z-BM eplacement Keys Pair of keys (#) TW-SK eplacement Black Sleeve for Keyswitch AKWB-B Metal Button Guard Used on flush buttons to prevent inadvertent actuation W- Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 64

196 ømm - TW Series Signaling ights elays & Sockets Item Appearance Description/Usage Terminal Tab Adaptor Quick- connect terminals #5 (7/64 x /64 ) single tab TW-FA ock-out Adaptor TW to TWTD Adaptor eplacement Marking Plates Fingersafe overs for TW Series Used to provide lock-out protection for pushbuttons and knob selector switches: Up to Ø 4mm mushroom head size (Padlock not included.) Not applicable for e-stops. Used to mount TW series control unit (except square units) Ø 7/8 (mm) into a Ø -/64 (mm) panel cut-out. White plastic engraving plate for use on all illuminated units (included in each lens). May be used to capture printed mylar insert (not supplied by IDE) under lens face. ound Pushbutton (Ø4mm) ound Pilot ight (Ø 4mm) Mushroom Pushbutton (Ø 4mm) Square Pilot ight (q mm) Square Pushbutton (q mm) HW9Z-K TWN-A8 AWB APWB AWB APQWB AQWB Appearance Description Used with Timers Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 6mm to overall depth APW and UPQW full voltage pilot lights APS-PV Fingersafe terminal cover, adds.5mm to overall depth. ne required for each contact, only for rearmost terminals Non-illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-V ontactors Fingersafe terminal cover, adds mm to overall depth APW and UPQW transformer pilot lights, and illuminated pushbuttons and illuminated selectors HW-V Fingersafe terminal cover for contacts. Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-V4 Terminal Blocks Fingersafe terminal cover for full voltage adaptor, adds mm to depth Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-V5 Fingersafe terminal cover for half size transformer adaptor, adds mm to depth Illuminated pushbuttons and selectors HW-V6 ircuit Breakers 644

197 ømm - TW Series Dimensions Pushbuttons Flush Extended Extended with Full Shroud M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (- blocks) 68.5 (-4 blocks) Panel Thickness to 6 ø4 ø9 7 M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (- blocks) 68.5 (-4 blocks) Panel Thickness to 6 ø4 ø9 9 7 M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (- blocks) 68.5 (-4 blocks) Panel Thickness to 6 9mm Mushroom 4mm Mushroom Mushroom with Full Shroud M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (- block) 68.5 (-4 blocks).5 Panel Thickness to 6 ø9 7 M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (- blocks) 68.5 (-4 blocks).5 Panel Thickness to 6 ø4 7 M.5 Terminal Screw 48.5 (- blocks) 68.5 (-4 blocks) 9mm Push-ock-Turn-eset 4mm Push-ock-Turn-eset Keylock Push n/ff M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (- blocks) 68.5 (-4 blocks).5 Panel Thickness to 6 eset Angle 75 ø9 7 M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (- blocks) 68.5 (-4 blocks) Panel Thickness to 6 eset Angle 75.5 ø4 7 M.5 Terminal Screws 9.5 ø4 ø9 Panel Thickness to (- blocks) (-4 blocks) 47 4mm Pushlock Key reset 4mm Push-Pull Square Flush M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (- blocks) (-4 blocks) 47 Square Extended M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (- blocks) 68.5 (-4 blocks) Panel Thickness to 6 Selector Switches M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 ( blocks) 68.5 (4 blocks) Panel Thickness to 6 5 ø4 Panel Thickness to 6 5 ø4 ø9 eset (unlock) M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (- blocks) 68.5 (-4 blocks) M.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness to ( blocks) 68.5 (4 blocks) 5 ø4 Panel Thickness to 6 ø9 ø5 7 7 M.5 Terminal Screws 48.5 (- blocks) 68.5 (-4 blocks) M.5 Teminal Screws 48.5 ( blocks) 68.5 (4 blocks) ø46 Panel Thickness to 6 Panel Thickness to 6 9 ø9 5 eset (unlock) Panel Thickness to 6 4 ø4 ø Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 645

198 ømm - TW Series Dimensions continued Illuminated Pushbuttons Extended Extended with Full Shroud Square Extended Panel Thickness to 6 ø4 ø9 7 Panel Thickness to 6 ø4 ø9 7 Panel Thickness to Signaling ights 9 Marking plate: ø5.5mm Marking plate: ø5.5mm 9mm Push-Turn-eset 4mm Push-Turn-eset Mushroom Panel Thickness to 6 eset Angle: 75 Panel Thickness to 6 eset Angle 75 Panel Thickness to 6 Marking plate: mm elays & Sockets ø9 7 ø4 7 ø9 7 Push-Pull.5 Panel Thickness to 6 Marking plate: ø.9mm.5 Marking plate: ø.9mm.5 Marking plate: ø.9mm ø4 Timers Marking plate: ø.9mm Illuminated Selector Switches ontact Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer ( blocks) ontact Block with Half Size Transformer M.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness to 6 Panel Thickness to ontactors ontact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer (4 blocks) ontact Blocks with Half Size Transformer M.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness to 6mm M.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness to Panel Thickness to 6 Terminal Blocks ontact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor 4 ontact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor ontact Blocks with Half Size Transformer M.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness to Panel Thickness to 6 ircuit Breakers 68.5 M.5 Terminal Screws

199 ømm - TW Series Pilot ights ound Flush APW Full Voltage Panel Thickness to 6 ø4 ø ound Flush Marking Type APWB Full Voltage Panel Thickness to 6 ø4 ø Marking plate: ø5.5 mm Dome APW Full Voltage Panel Thickness to 6 ø.6 ø9 Square Flush Marking Type APQWB Full Voltage Panel Thickness to Marking plate: 7 7 mm Illuminated Selector Switches M.5 Terminal Screws A: 6.5 ( blocks) 8.5 (4 blocks) B: 86.5 ( blocks), 6.5 (4 blocks) Panel Thickness to 6 5 ø4 ø9 7 Dimensions continued ound Flush APW Transformer M.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness to 6 ø4 ø9 ound Flush Marking Type APWB Transformer M.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness to 6 ø4 ø9 Dome APW Transformer M.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness to 6 ø.6 ø9 7 7 Marking plate: ø5.5 mm Square Flush Marking Type APQWB Transformer M.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness to Marking plate: 7 7 mm Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 647

200 .5.5 ømm - TW Series Signaling ights elays & Sockets Panel ut-ut B Diagram A D Pushbuttons Pilot ight Dimensions continued Part Illuminated Pushbuttons Selector Switches Illuminated Selector Switches.The Ø.7 (Ø.5mm) recess is necessary when either the nameplate or anti-rotation ring is used.. *>.44 (6mm) for - or -position. >.95 (5mm) for 4- or 5-position. Accessory Dimensions G- Anti-otation ing. ø ø7.4.8 W- Metal Button Guard Mounting enters 5 min. ø t Dimension A B D Ø.7 (.5mm) W- Pushbutton ubber Boot M P. ø ø Button installed P. M ø 9 ø6 ø.95 (5mm);.76 (45mm) minimum Button installed Ø.878 (.mm).7 (mm) Std. ctagonal >.56 (4mm) arge Mushroom.7 (mm) *See note. B- Mounting Hole ubber Plug ø9 ø5 Flush Extended Timers HW9Z-K ock-out Adaptor 8.5 Panel Thickness.8 to. AW-PB ound Plastic Bezel ø9 AW-FPB ound Plastic w/full Shroud ø9 9.8 ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers AW-QFB Square Full Shroud 7 ø5 (ID: ø44.4) ø. Key hole ø (inside) Waterproof ubber Gasket.5t Finger-Safe over Dimensions HW-V6 HW-V5 HW-V4 HW-V HW-V APS-PV 648

201 ømm - TW Series omponent onstruction and General Instructions TW Series Instructions for Switches and Pilot Devices TW Series: Adjustment for Panel Thickness The panel thickness ring provides adjustment from.4 to.4 ( to 6mm) in.4 (.mm) increments. otate the ring until the markings around the periphery are aligned for the desired thickness, as shown below. Scale on Adjustment (in. mm) mm Ex. Panel thickness mm mm Panel Thickness Scale (in mm on the operator) A Ex. Panel thickness.6 mm Note: When a nameplate or an anti-rotation ring is used, add. (.8mm) to the panel thickness dimension. An adjustment for panel thicknesses shown below can be made quickly by using the contact block remover tool..6 mm Tool TW-K mm mm. mm.5 mm. mm Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 649

202 ømm - TW Series Signaling ights Pilot ights and Pushbuttons Instructions continued IMPTANT: Install the body of the TW control unit with the panel thickness scale facing up. ctagonal and ound Bezels ctagonal and round bezels screw into the operator. Use a locking ring wrench (optional) for secure tightening and easy removal. ound flush and extended buttons snap onto the operator base. Mushroom buttons screw onto the operator base. Every round lens can be used with or without legend markings. Engraving can be done on a white translucent plate which is placed in the lens, or clear mylar can be printed and placed in the lens. ound Marking Unit Insert marking plate under lens Press in Marking Plate ens Press in round flush and extended lens. Screw in mushroom lens elays & Sockets Square Bezels Square bezels are installed in a -step procedure. First install the base plate from the front. Then install the lock nut using the nut locking wrench (optional). Finally, install the square bezel, which snap-fits onto the base plate. Square buttons also snap onto the operator base. Every square lens can be used with or without legend markings. Engraving can be done on a white translucent plate which is placed in the lens, or clear mylar can be printed and placed in the lens. Square units include a round waterproof lens which screws into the operator. The square outer lens snaps on. Timers Square Marking Units Pilot ight Illuminated Pushbutton Insert marking plate under lens Square ens Insert Marking Plate Insert marking plate under lens Terminal Blocks Square ens Press in ontactors Marking Plate ens etainer Waterproof ens To remove square lens from operator, place a screwdriver under the indentation on the side of the lens. To remove the marking plate, place a screwdriver under the indentation and lift out the plate. The lens retainer can be removed by pressing a /6 screwdriver into one of the recesses. Marking Plate Engraving Area ircuit Breakers Shape Engraving Area Used With ound Ø.55 (4mm) Illuminated pushbuttons AWB Ø.55 (4mm) Pilot lights APWB Mushroom Ø.55 (4mm) Illuminated mushroom AWB Square q.8 (mm) Square pilot lights APQWB Square q.8 (mm) Square illuminated pushbuttons AQWB 65

203 ømm - TW Series Selector Switches Instructions, continued The operator shaft of each unit has a recess to identify in which direction to install the handle. Align the handle with the recess. Press color insert (TW-H) into the handle and then press handle into the operator, as shown below. Illuminated Selector Switch emove color insert before pulling out the handle. Standard perating Positions Positions: Non-Illuminated -Position perators Installation ecess Selector Switch (non-illuminated) Press in handle Press in color insert -Postion, 9º -Postion, 45º 4-Postion, 45º 5-Postion, º TW Pilot ights Make sure slot is facing up amp holder is installed as shown, due to polarity. ead holder (used with two stacks of contact blocks ) does not have polarity. Installation of ED Illuminated Units Terminal = Positive Terminal = Negative 4 TW Illuminated Pushbuttons, TW Selector Switches (A Transformer or Full Voltage) A transformers are recommended for use in areas subjected to inductive noise. When using full voltage types, install a protection diode as shown below. (Diode with D power supply to protect against surges and noise.) Terminal ED Terminal Diode Make sure that ED illuminated units are installed with correct polarity, as indicated at the terminals. 4 5 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 65

204 FB Enclosures Signaling ights Enclosures for W, HW & TW mm Switches and Pilot Devices Key features: Three compact sizes (mm): 76 x 76, 4 x 76 and x 76 Available in,,, 4 or 5 mounting hole configurations Easy installation: panel, wall or frame mountable Polycarbonate enclosure cover and base, stainless steel screws U isted, ohs ompliant IP65 and Type 4 rated (when installed with IP65 or Nema Type 4 unit) lass II electric shock protection (when installed with applicable unit) Ideal for high temperatures (-5 to +6º) and corrosive environments ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Specifications perating onditions Degree of Protection Electric Shock Protection Material Applicable Switches and Pilot Devices Weight (approx.) Ambient temperature elative humidity Storage temperature Degree of pollution 5 to +6 (no freezing) 45 to 85%H (no condensation) 4 to +8 (no freezing) IP65 (when IP65 switches and pilot devices are installed) Type 4 Indoor Use nly (when Type 4 switches and pilot devices are installed) lass II (when class II switches and pilot devices are installed) over and base over mounting screws Polycarbonate Stainless steel HW, TW and W series switches, pilot devices and accessories (see note below) 76mm type: 5g (FBW-Z) 4mm type: 84g (FBW-Z) mm type: 4g (FBW-Z) hoose switches, pilot devices and accessories that match the mounting hole centers, effective depth behind the cover, and the thickness of the cover where switches and pilot devices are installed ( mm). Enclosures with or 6mm mounting hole centers may limit the knob orientation of selector switches because the contact blocks can be mounted in one direction only on these mounting centers. Enclosure s Size (mm) Description 76 x 76 x x 76 x 59.5 x 76 x 59.5 Distance Between Hole enters (mm) Enclosure hole, Yellow FBW-Y Enclosure hole, Beige FBW-Z Enclosure hole, Beige FBW-Z 5 Enclosure hole, Beige FBW-Z Enclosure hole, Beige FBW-Z 5 Enclosure 4 hole, Beige FBW-4Z 6 Enclosure 5 hole, Beige FBW-5Z Accessories Description Plug Adaptor.5mm Mounting Bracket HW9Z-PG5 FB9Z-PK onnectors and nuts are not supplied with accessories. Switch and Pilot Device Accessories Series Description HW Series W Series E-Stops TW Series Nameplate Marking plate for nameplate Anti-rotation ring EM switch guard Switch cover Pushbutton clear boot Padlock cover Nameplate EM switch guard Anti-rotation ring Nameplate Anti-rotation ring Metal button guard Pushbutton clear boot Button cover Padlock cover HWAM, HWAQ, HWAS, HWAV HWNP HW9Z- HW9Z-KG, HW9Z-KG, HW9Z-KG, HW9Z-KG4 HW9Z-K, HW9Z K -, - HW9Z-K HWAV HW9Z-KG, HW9Z-KG, HW9Z-KG, HW9Z-KG4 HW9Z- NWA, NWAQ, NWAS-, NWA-, NWAQ-, NWAV G- W- -, - W- HW9Z-K 65

205 FB Enclosures over Mounting Screws Mounting 76 -ø. Knockout 8 ø. 4 over Mounting Screws External Dimensions (mm) over Mounting Screws 76 over Mounting Screws over Mounting Screws over Mounting Screws FBW-Y/Z FBW-Z FBW-Z FBW-Z FBW-4Z FBW-5Z Internal Dimensions (mm) D FB9Z-PK Frame Mounting Adapter Four M4 Tapped Screw Holes Measurements (mm) Model FB FB FB D Switch & Pilot Device Mounting Area Thickness FB9Z-PK Two M4 Tapped Screws (supplied) Mounting Hole Dimensions FB FB FB/FB Model FB 5mm Mounting enters 6/5mm Mounting enters mm Mounting enters Shape ø External Back Dimensions (mm) 76mm (FB) 4 and mm (FB/FB) ø. 4-M4 Tapped Holes for ear Mounting (Depth: mm) -Front Mounting Holes ø4 Knockout ø4.6 4-M4 Tapped Screw Holes for ear Mounting (Depth: mm) -Front Mounting Holes -ø4 Knockout A B 76 Measurements (mm) Model FB FB A B Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 65

206 ømm - N E-Stops ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Key features: Plastic bezel, metallic padlock and flush bezel available Install up to padlocks (N4E) ø4, ø44 or ø6mm Mushroom heads available mm N E-Stops IDE s original safe break action ensures that the contacts stay open when the contact block is detached from the operator. Safety-lock mechanism (IE , 6.) -in-: Push-to-lock, Pull/Turn-to-eset Push-N ED model allows E-Stops to be illuminated only when latched Direct pening Action mechanism (IE , 5., IE , Annex K) Very short panel depth Degree of protection IP65 (IE659) ohs compliant (EU directive /95/E). N4E series complies with SHA and IS -: standards U, c-u listed, EN compliant U NISD category emergency type device (File# E548) File No. E6896 Specifications Applicable Standards IE , EN , IE , EN , U58, U99, SA. No. 4 perating Temperature Non-illuminated: 5 to +6 (no freezing), Illuminated: 5 to +55 (no freezing) perating Humidity 45 to 85% H (no condensation) Storage Temperature 45 to +8 NE, N5E perating Force Push-to-lock: N Pull-to-reset: N Turn-to-reset:.7 N m Minimum Force equired for Direct pening Action 8N Min perator Stroke equired for Direct pening Action 4mm Maximum perator Stroke 4.5mm ontact esistance 5mΩ maximum (initial value) ontact Material Gold plated silver Insulation esistance MΩ minimum (5V D megger) Impulse Withstand Voltage.5kV Pollution Degree peration Frequency 9 operations/hour Shock esistance Vibration esistance Mechanical ife Electrical ife Degree of Protection Terminal ecommended Tightening Torque for ocking ing Wire Size Weight N4E Push-to-lock: N Pull-to-reset: N/A Turn-to-reset:.4 N m perating extremes: 5m/s (5G), Damage limits: m/s (G) perating extremes: to 5Hz, amplitude.5mm acceleration 5m/s Damage limits: to 5Hz, amplitude.5mm acceleration 5m/s 5, operations minimum, operations minimum, (5, operations 4V A/D, ma) perator: IP65 (IE659) Terminal: IP (when W9Z-VMF is installed) M. screw terminal.5n m 6 AWG max NE: Plastic bezel: 8g (ø4 mm), 9g (ø6 mm) N5E: Flush bezel: 89g N4E: Padlock type: g 654

207 ømm - N E-Stops NE Plastic Bezel Type E-Stops (push-pull/twist reset) s perator Type Main ontact Monitor ontact Non-Illuminated Illuminated 4mm Mushroom 6mm Mushroom 4mm Mushroom ED (4V A/D) 4mm Mushroom Push-N ED (4V A/D) N4E Padlock Type E-Stops (push twist reset only) N N NE-BV4M N NE-BV4M N N NE-BV4M N N NE-BV4M 4N NE-BV44M N N NE-BV5M N NE-BV5M N N NE-BV5M N N NE-BV5M 4N NE-BV54M N N NE-V4Q4M N NE-V4Q4M N N NE-V4Q4M N N NE-V4Q4M 4N NE-V44Q4M N N NE-TV4Q4M perator Type Main ontact Monitor ontact Non-Illuminated Illuminated 44mm Mushroom 44mm Mushroom ED (4V A/D) 44mm Mushroom Push-N ED (4V A/D) N5E Flush Bezel Type E-Stops (push-pull/twist reset) N N N4E-B4M N - N4E-B4M N N N4E-B4M N N N4E-B4M 4N - N4E-B44M N N N4E-4Q4M N - N4E-4Q4M N N N4E-4Q4M N N N4E-4Q4M 4N - N4E-44Q4M N N N4E-T4Q4M perator Type Main ontact Monitor ontact Non-Illuminated Illuminated 4mm Mushroom 4mm Mushroom ED (4V A/D) 4mm Mushroom Push-N ED (4V A/D) N N N5E-BV4M N - N5E-BV4M N N N5E-BV4M N N N5E-BV4M 4N - N5E-BV44M N N N5E-V4Q4M N - N5E-V4Q4M N N N5E-V4Q4M N N N5E-V4Q4M 4N - N5E-V44Q4M N N N5E-TV4Q4M Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 655

208 ømm - N E-Stops ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights ontact atings ated Insulation Voltage (Ui) ated urrent (Ith) 5V ated perating Voltage (Ue) V 5V 5V ated perating urrent Main ontacts (N) Monitor ontacts (N) A 5/6Hz D A 5/6Hz D 5A esistive oad (A-) 5A A Inductive oad (A-5) A.5A esistive oad (D-) A.4A.A Inductive oad (D-) A.A.A esistive oad (A-).A.6A Inductive oad (A-4).6A.A esistive oad (D-) A.4A.A Inductive oad (D-) A.A.A. Minimum applicable load: 5V A/D, ma (reference value).. The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specified in IE Illuminated Unit ED atings Model perating Voltage urrent N 4V A/D ±% 5mA Depth Behind the Panel Model Depth (mm) Description NE contacts, plastic bezel N5E contacts, flush bezel N4E contacts, padlock Mounting Hole ayout øa Y Panel utout.8 max. ø Panel ut-out s NE - V 4 Q4 M Bezel : Plastic Bezel 4: Padlock 5: Flush Bezel Illumination NE, N5E BV: Non-Illuminated V: Illuminated ED TV: Illuminated Push-N ED N4E B: Non-Illuminated : Illuminated ED T: Illuminated Push-N ED Mushroom Size 4: ø4mm: NE, N5E ø44mm: N4E 5: ø6mm (NE non-illuminated only) Measurements Size øa & Y NE, N5E mm min N4E.5 For N4E, determine the values according to the size and number of padlocks and hasp. ontact onfiguration* : N - N : N : N - N : N - N 4: 4N : N-N (Push-N ED only) Voltage ode Blank: Non-Illuminated Q4: 4V A/D (Illuminated & Push-N ED type) *ontact IDE for additional configurations. Terminal Blocks Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View) 4N N-N N N-N N-N N-N Non-Illuminated * * TP * * * * * * * * TP * * *4 * * * * * TP * *4 *4 * * * * * * *4 TP * * * * * * TP * *4 *4 * * * Push-N TP 4 ED ircuit Breakers Illuminated * * TP * * ED * * * * * * TP * * ED *4 * * * * * TP * *4 ED *4 * * * * * TP * *4 ED *4 * * * * * TP * *4 ED *4 * * * Terminal Marking Description TP ontact Type -: N main contact -4: N monitor contact ontact Number (-4) Starting with the contact on TP in a 4 counterclockwise direction. Note: (Example: N-N contact) : contact on the TP : contact on the eft : contact on the Bottom 4: contact on the ight

209 ømm - N E-Stops NE Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover) ocking ing M Terminal Screws Terminal over W9Z-VM ubber Gasket.8 max. ø Panel Thickness to 5 ø6 ø4 4.8 Panel ut-out N5E Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover) ocking ing M Terminal Screws Terminal over W9Z-VM ø4 ubber Gasket. +.5 ø4 mm Mushroom ø6 mm Jumbo Mushroom.8 max. ø.5 ø4 +.5 Panel Thickness to 5 N4E Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover) ocking ing M Terminal Screws Terminal over W9Z-VM 4 ubber Gasket.8 max. ø Panel Thickness to 6 ø44 Panel ut-out Panel ut-out Accessories Item Description ocking ing Wrench ocking ing Twist Wrench ockout Hasp Dimensions (mm) N9Z-T TWST-T N9Z-HASP4 NE Illuminated/Push-N (with terminal cover) Illuminated Push-N ocking ing M Terminal Screws Terminal over W9Z-VM N5E Illuminated (with terminal cover) Illuminated Push-N ocking ing M Terminal Screws Terminal over W9Z-VM N4E Illuminated (with terminal cover) Illuminated Push-N ocking ing M Terminal Screws Terminal over W9Z-VM ø ubber Gasket ø4 Panel Thickness to 5 ø4 ubber Gasket.8 max. ø.5 ø4 +.5 Panel Thickness to 5 4 ubber Gasket.8 max. ø Panel Thickness to 6 ø44 Panel ut-out Panel ut-out Nameplates Item Part No. egend Mounting Panel Thickness ø6mm ømm HNAV- HNAV-7 (blank) EMEGENY STP N4E:. to 4.5 mm NE, N5E:. to.5 mm Item Description Terminal over for ontact Block IP Fingersafe over W9Z-VM W9Z-VMF Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 657

210 ømm - N E-Stops Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights emoving the ontact Block First unlock the operator button. Grab the yellow bayonet ring j and pull back the bayonet ring until the latch pin clicks k, then turn the contact block counterclockwise and pull out l. Notes for removing the contact block ➀ Grab ➁ Pull perating Instructions Installing & emoving Terminal overs Bayonet ing (yellow) ➂ Turn counterclockwise ➀ Grab atch. Do not attempt to remove the contact block while the operator is latched, otherwise the switch may be damaged.. When the contact block is removed, the monitor contact (N contact) is closed.. While removing the contact block, do not use excessive force, otherwise the switch may be damaged. 4. An ED lamp is built into the contact block for illuminated pushbuttons. When removing the contact block, pull the contact block straight to prevent damage to the ED lamp. If excessive force is used, the ED lamp may be damaged and fail to light. Panel Mounting emove the locking ring from the operator and check that the rubber gasket is in place. Insert the operator from panel front into the panel hole. Face the side without thread on the operator with TP marking upward, and tighten the locking ring using ring wrench N9Z-T or TWST-T to a torque of.5 N m maximum. When using a nameplate ubber Gasket Anti-rotation Projection When using a nameplate HNAV-, break the projection from the nameplate using pliers. Installing the ontact Block First unlock the operator button. Align the small q marking on the edge of the operator with the small p marking on the yellow bayonet ring. Hold the contact block, not the bayonet ring. Press the contact block onto the operator and turn the contact block clockwise until the bayonet ring clicks. Notes for installing the contact block perator without thread TP Marking ocking ing Projection Marking Marking ➀ Push ➁ Turn clockwise TP Marking. Do not attempt to install the contact block when the operator is latched, otherwise the switch may be damaged.. Make sure that the bayonet ring is in the locked position. W9Z-VM To install the terminal cover, align the TP marking on the terminal cover with the TP marking on the contact block. Place the two projections on the bottom side of the contact block into the slots in the terminal cover. Press the terminal cover toward the contact block. To remove the terminal cover, pull out the two latches on the top side of the terminal cover. Do not exert excessive force to the latches, otherwise the latches may break. IP Fingersafe Terminal over W9Z-VMF To install the IP fingersafe terminal cover, align the TP marking on the cover with the TP marking on the contact block, and press the cover toward the contact block. TP Markings Projections ➀ Place the projections on the contact block. TP Marking ➁ Press the terminal cover Slots (Pull) Projections TP Marking TP Marking (Press) TP Marking. nce installed, the W9Z-VMF cannot be removed.. With the W9Z-VMF installed, crimping terminals cannot be used.. The W9Z-VMF cannot be installed after wiring. 4. Make sure that the W9Z-VMF is securely installed. IP cannot be achieved when installed loosely, and electric shock may occur. Notes for peration When using the N emergency stop switches in safety-related part of a control system, observe safety standards and regulations of the relevant country or region. Also be sure to perform a risk assessment before operation. Wiring Tighten the M terminal screws to a torque of.6 to. N m. ontact Bounce When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the N main contacts will bounce. When pressing the button, the N monitor contacts will bounce. When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consideration (reference value: ms). ED Illuminated Switches ED lamp is built into the contact block and cannot be replaced. Handling Do not expose the switch to excessive shocks and vibrations, for example by operating the switch with tools. therwise the switch may be deformed or damaged, causing malfunction or operation failure. ircuit Breakers Screw Terminal Type. AWG8 to 6. Tighten the M terminal screw to a tightening torque of.6 to. N m

211 ømm - N E-Stops Screw Terminal Type. Wire thickness:.75 to.5 mm (AWG8 to 6) Applicable rimping Terminals ø6. max. ing Terminal rimping Terminal ø. min. 6. max.. min. 4.7 min. 6. max.. max. 4.7 to to 5.9 Insulating Tube Wire Spade Terminal rimping Terminal Insulating Tube 4.7 to 5.9 Be sure to install an insulating tube on the crimping terminal.. Tighten the M terminal screw to a tightening torque of.6 to. N m. onnector Type. onnector shape Tyco Electronics, D- series Part No (tab header, board mount). Applicable connectors (to be supplied by user) Tyco Electronics, D- series Part No (receptacle housing) Tyco Electronics, D- series Part No. 87- (receptacle contact). To prepare correct receptacles for the connector type, read the instruction sheet and catalog of Tyco Electronics and understand the installation and wiring method. 4. Fasten the cable so that the connector is not pulled. therwise the switch may be deformed and damaged, causing malfunction or operation failure. Installing and emoving Terminal overs W9Z-VM To install the terminal cover, align the TP marking on the terminal cover with the TP marking on the contact block. Place the two projections on the bottom side of the contact block into the slots in the terminal cover. Press the terminal cover toward the contact block. j Place the projections on the contact block perating Instructions, continued To remove the terminal cover, pull out the two latches on the top side of the terminal cover. Do not exert excessive force to the latches, otherwise the latches may break. Solid Wire TP Markings ø. max. Wire TP marking k Press the terminal cover IP Protection Terminal over W9Z-VMF Pull out the latches To install the IP protection cover, align the TP marking on the cover with the TP marking on the contact block, and press the cover toward the contact block. TP marking (Press) TP marking. nce installed, the W9Z-VMF cannot be removed.. The W9Z-VMF cannot be installed after wiring.. With the W9Z-VMF installed, crimping terminals cannot be used. Use solid wires. 4. Make sure that the W9Z-VMF is securely installed. IP cannot be achieved when installed loosely, and electric shocks may occur. ontact Bounce When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the N main contacts will bounce. When pressing the button, the N monitor contacts will bounce. When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consideration (reference value: ms). ED Illuminated Switches An ED lamp is built into the contact block and cannot be replaced. Installing the Anti-rotation ing HW9Z- Align the side without thread on the operator with TP marking, the small s marking on the anti-rotation ring, and the recess on the mounting panel. Without thread Anti-rotation ing (HW9Z-) p marking on the anti-rotation ring TP marking Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 659

212 ømm - TWTD Series TWTD Series Full Size NEMA Pushbuttons elays & Sockets Timers ircuit Breakers ontactors Terminal Blocks Signaling ights TWTD Series: Heavy duty switches built to last Key features: Variety of button sizes up to 9/6 (65mm) ugged construction includes chrome plated zinc locking ring die cast zinc mounting threads, screw mounted contact blocks ED or incandescent illumination Transformer or full voltage Transparent contact windows Slow make, double break self-cleaning contacts Modular construction for maximum flexibility Double nickel plated terminal screws Available assembled or as sub-components Type 4x and IP65 watertight/oiltight panel arge M.5 screw terminals with captive sems plate The rugged series of TWTD switches offers both variety and durability in an attractive design. With button sizes up to 9/6 (65mm), chrome plated zinc locking rings, die cast zinc mounting threads, steel anti-rotation rings, and self cleaning contacts, the TWTDs are here to stay. The TWTD series also offers either ED or incandescent illumination in full voltage and transformer models. Transparent contact windows allow the viewing of IDE s self cleaning slowmake/slow-break contacts. egardless of your switching needs, the TWTD series provides the kind of long lasting, industrial strength quality you ve come to expect from IDE. U isted File No. E6896 File No. 45 ef No. 767M ertificate No

213 ømm - TWTD Series Specifications onforming to Standards Approvals perating Temperature Vibration esistance Shock esistance Electric Shock Protection Degree of Protection Mechanical ife Pollution Degree (conforming to IE6947-) EN6947-, EN , VDE66-, U58, SA - No.4 SA: pushbuttons and selector switches: A6 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (/, 5,, /,, 4, 8, 4/44, 48V) U: pushbuttons and selector switches: A6 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (/, 5,, /,, 4, 8, 4/44, 48V) TÜV: pushbuttons and selector switches: A6=P6 (N, N)/Q6 (N-EM, N-B) pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (/, 5,, /,, 4, 8, 4/44, 48V) peration: 5 to +5 (without freezing) Storage: 4 to +7 (without freezing) to 55Hz, 98m/sec (g) conforming to IE m/sec (g) conforming to IE lass conforming to IE656 IP65 (from front of the panel) (conforming to IE659) IP54 (key switches) Type,,,, S, 4, 4, 5,, (conforming to NEMA IS6-) Momentary pushbuttons: 5,, (9 operations per hour) All other switches: 5, for switches not using a transformer for switches using a transformer Mechanical-Electrical Specifications A-5: A6 or Ue = 5V, le = A (N, N, N-EM, N-B) ated perational haracteristics D-: P6 or Ue = 5V, le =.A (N, N) D-: Q6 or Ue = 5V, le =.9A (N-EM, N-B) ated Insulation Voltage ated Switching vervoltage ated Impulse Withstanding Voltage ated Thermal urrent Minimum Switching apacity ontact peration perating Force Terminal eferencing ecommended Terminal Torque External Short-ircuit Protection Applicable Wire Size ontact esistance ontact Gap amp atings Maximum Inrush urrent ontact Material 6V ess than 4kV, conforming to IE6947-4kV for contact circuit.5kv for lamp circuit Amp 5 ma at V A/D Slow break N or N, self-cleaning Flush and extended pushbuttons with N or N contact: 6.±N (momentary), 7.±N (maintained) Additional contacts N or N: +.N (momentary), +.N (maintained) onforming to ENEE EN55.8 N m (7. in lb.) A 5V fuse conforming to IE669- Minimum x AWG, max. x 4 AWG or x AWG Initial contact resistance of 5mΩ or less 4mm (N and N) mm (N-EM and N-B) Incandescent: W EDs: 6V: 7mA, V: ma, 4V: ma, /, 4V: ma 4 A (4 msec) Silver ontact atings A-5 (A6) ontact atings by Utilization ategory IE D- (P6) ontact atings by Utilization ategory perational Voltage 4V 48V 5V V V 44V A- ontrol of resistive loads & solid state loads A A A 6A A A 5/6 Hz A-5 ontrol of electromagnetic loads (> 7VA) A 7A 5A A A peration urrent D- ontrol of resistive loads & solid state loads 8A 5A.A.A D D- ontrol of electromagnets 5A A.A.6A Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 66

214 ømm - TWTD Series Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) elays & Sockets Timers ontactors ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks Signaling ights Function Assembled Pushbuttons A B ( ) D N Button olor B: Momentary : Maintained V: Pushlock Turn eset Y: Push-Pull B: Black G: Green W: White : ed S: Blue Y: Yellow ontact Arrangement Bezel Shape Blank: ctagonal F: Full Shroud G: Mushroom Shroud P: Neoprene Boot Series Designation D: TWTD Series : N : N : N : N : N-N : N-N Button Shape : Flush : Extended : Mushroom ø 4mm 4: Jumbo Mushroom ø 65mm. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.. ustom contact configurations available, contact IDE for details. 66

215 ømm - TWTD Series Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Flush Extended Extended with Neoprene Boot ecessed Extended with Full Shroud ø 4mm Mushroom Head ø 4mm Mushroom Head with Full Shroud ø 65mm Jumbo Mushroom Head ø 65mm Jumbo Mushroom Head with Shallow Shroud ø 65mm Jumbo Mushroom Head With Deep Shroud Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) ontacts Momentary Maintained N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N. In place of j, specify the Button olor ode.. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page.. For accessories, see page Neoprene boot available only in Black (B), Green (G), ed () and Yellow (Y). ABDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABPDN-j ABPDN-j ABPDN-j ABPDN-j ABPDN-j ABFDN-j ABFDN-j ABFDN-j ABFDN-j ABFDN-j ABFDN-j ABFDN-j ABFDN-j ABFDN-j ABFDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABDN-j ABGDN-j ABGDN-j ABGDN-j ABGDN-j ABGDN-j ABD4N-j ABD4N-j ABD4N-j ABD4N-j ABD4N-j ABGD4N-j ABGD4N-j ABGD4N-j ABGD4N-j ABGD4N-j ABFD4N-j ABFD4N-j ABFD4N-j ABFD4N-j ABFD4N-j ADN-j ADN-j ADN-j ADN-j ADN-j ADN-j ADN-j ADN-j ADN-j ADN-j APDN-j APDN-j APDN-j APDN-j APDN-j AFDN-j AFDN-j AFDN-j AFDN-j AFDN-j AFDN-j AFDN-j AFDN-j AFDN-j AFDN-j ADN-j ADN-j ADN-j ADN-j ADN-j AGDN-j AGDN-j AGDN-j AGDN-j AGDN-j AD4N-j AD4N-j AD4N-j AD4N-j AD4N-j AGD4N-j AGD4N-j AGD4N-j AGD4N-j AGD4N-j AFD4N-j AFD4N-j AFD4N-j AFD4N-j AFD4N-j j Button olor odes olor ode Black B Green G ed Blue S Yellow Y White W. 65mm Jumbo mushroom not available in white.. Neoprene boot is not available in blue or white. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 66

216 ømm - TWTD Series Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) ontact Block + perator + Button = omplete Part Signaling ights perators Momentary Maintained Buttons and enses Flush/Extended ABD- AD- Flush ABDBN-j elays & Sockets Extended with Full Shroud ABFD- AFD- Extended ABDBN-j Timers ø 4mm Mushroom/ø 65mm Jumbo Mushroom ABD- AD- ø 4mm Mushroom ABDBN-j ø 4mm Mushroom with Full Shroud ABGD- AGD- ø 65mm Jumbo Mushroom ABD4BN-j ontactors In place of j, specify the Button olor ode. (See table previous page) ø 65mm Jumbo Mushroom with Shallow Shroud ABGD-4 AGD-4 ontact Blocks N N Terminal Blocks ø 65mm Jumbo Mushroom with Deep Shroud ABFD-4 AFD-4 All ontrol Units Dummy Block BST- BST-S (early make) BST-D BST- BST-S (late break). Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.. ombining BST-S and BST-S result in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed, when switch is moved between two positions). ircuit Breakers 664

217 ømm - TWTD Series Function V: Pushlock Turn eset Y:Push-Pull Illumination Blank: None : Illuminated Series Designation D: TWTD Series Button/ens Size : 4mm Mushroom Illumination ircuit 99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage) 6: V A Step Down Transformer 46: 4V A Step Down Transformer 486: 48V A Step Down Transformer. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.. ustom contact configurations available, contact IDE for details. E-Stops (Assembled) Assembled E-Stops A V () D (99) (D) N (4V) amp Voltage (full voltage illuminated units only) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A (ED only) 4V: 4V A (ED only) Button/ens olor ode A: Amber G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow amp Type (illuminated units only) Blank: Incandescent D: ED ontact Arrangement : N : N : N : N : N-N : N-N Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 665

218 ømm - TWTD Series ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights E-Stop Switches ø 4mm Pushlock Turn eset ø 4mm Illuminated Pushlock Turn eset ø 4mm Push-Pull ø 4mm Push-Pull ø 4mm Momentary Push-Pull (-position) Unibody E-Stops ø 4mm Pushlock Turn eset (available in ed only) Illuminated ø 4mm Pushlock Turn eset (available in ed only) E-Stops (Assembled) ontacts Non-Illuminated Full Voltage Transformer Non-Illuminated Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer N N N-N N N N-N N N N-N N N N N N-N N N N-N N N N-N N N N-N N-B N-N N-B AVDN-* AVDN-* AVDN-* AVDN-* AVDN-* AVD99nN--l* AVD99nN--l* AVD99nN--l* AVD m nn-* AVD m nn-* AVD m nn-* AYDN-j AYDN-j AYDN-j AYDN-j AYDN-j AYD99nN-k-l ** AYD99nN-k-l ** AYD99nN-k-l ** AYD m nn-k ** AYD m nn-k ** AYD m nn-k** AYD99nN-k-l -TK96 AYD99SnN-k-l-TK96 AYD m nn-k-tk96 AYD m SnN-k-TK96 ontacts N-N N N-N N HNE-BV4F-* HNE-BV4F-* HNE-V4FQn--l HNE-V4FQn--l. In place of j, specify the button color code 8. position push-pull available in spring return to center only.. In place of k, specify the lens color code. 9. *Available in red only.. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage (lamp voltage) ode.. **Not available in blue. 4. In place of m, specify the transformer voltage code.. The most common configuration for motor starting applications. 5. In place of n, specify the amp Type code. 6. With single unit construction, the positive action contacts. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page. are integrated in the body of the switch. This provides an. For nameplates and accessories, see page 684 and page 68. extra degree of safety and reliability for critical emergency 4. For dimensions, see page 687. stop functions. 7. HNE series E-stops comply with the IE E-Stop Addendum to the ow Voltage Directive, this includes tamper proof operation whereby a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. Position Push-Pull ontact Push enter Pull N (BST-) N-B (BST-S) N (BST-) N-EM (BST-S) j Button olor odes olor ode Black Green ed Blue Yellow B G S Y k ED/ens olor odes olor ode Amber Green ed Blue White A G S W l Full Voltage odes Voltage ode 6V A/D 6V V A/D V 4V A/D 4V V A V 4V A 4V (ED only) m Transformer Voltage odes Voltage ode VA 6 4VA 46 48VA 486 Transformers step down to 6V. n amp Type odes amp ode Incandescent Blank ED D 666

219 ømm - TWTD Series perators ø 4mm Pushlock Turn eset Illuminated ø 4mm Pushlock Turn eset ø 4mm Push-Pull Illuminated ø 4mm Push-Pull Buttons and enses Button for Pushlock Turn eset E-Stop (ø 4mm, red only) ens for Illuminated Pushlock Turn eset E-Stop (ø 4mm, red only) Button for Push-Pull E-Stop (ø 4mm) ens for Illuminated Push-Pull E-Stop (ø 4mm) E-Stops (Sub-Assembled) Transformer* + perator + amp + Button/ens = omplete Part * Not required for full voltage units (full voltage clips used instead).. In place of j, specify the Button olor ode. (See table below). In place of k, specify the ED olor ode.. *Not available in blue. AVD- AVD-6N AYD- pos AYD-6 pos AYDTK96-B AVNB- AVNU- AYDBN-j pos* AYD-k pos AYD-k amps Voltage 6V A/D STD-6k ED V A/D STD-k 4V A/D STD-k V A STD-Hk 4V A STD-M4k Incandescent 6V A/D IS-6 V A/D IS- 4V A/D IS-4 V A -. In place of k, specify the ED color code.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. ontact Blocks All ontrol Units Dummy Block j Button olor odes olor ode Black Green ed Blue Yellow B G S Y k ED olor odes olor ode Amber Green ed Blue White A G S W N N BST- BST-S (early make) BST-D. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.. ombining BST-S and BST-S result in overlapping contacts. Full Voltage lips Primary Voltage (5/6Hz) Full Voltage lips ( required for each unit) Transformers 6V secondary voltage (uses 6V lamp). Primary Voltage (5/6Hz) V A 4V A 48V A BST- BST-S (late break) APD-F TWD-6 TWD-46 TWD-486 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 667

220 ømm - TWTD Series Pilot ights (Assembled) Signaling ights Assembled Pilot ights A P D 6 D N ( ) elays & Sockets Timers Function P: Pilot ight Series Designation D: TWTD Series ens Shape : Dome ated perational Voltage (Primary) Transformer Type Full Voltage Type 6: V A 99: Full Voltage 46: 4V A 486: 48V A amp Voltage (full voltage illuminated units only) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A (ED only) 4V: 4V A (ED only) ens olor ode A: Amber G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow ontactors Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. amp Type Blank: Incandescent D: ED ED and Incandescent Pilot ights perating Voltage ED Incandescent k ens olor odes olor ode Amber A Transformer Dome Green G Terminal Blocks V A 4V A 48V A APD6DN-k APD46DN-k APD486DN-k APD6N-k APD46N-k APD486N-k ed Blue White Yellow S W Y Full Voltage Dome l Full Voltage odes ircuit Breakers. In place of k, specify the ens/ed olor ode.. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage ode (lamp voltage).. Yellow pilot light comes with white ED. APD99DN-k-l APD99N-k-l Voltage 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A 4V A ode 6V V 4V V 4V (ED only) 668

221 ømm - TWTD Series perators Transformer Full Voltage enses Dome ens amps ED Pilot ights (Sub-Assembled) Transformer* + perator + amp + ens = omplete Part * Not required for full voltage units (full voltage clips used instead). ne Each from eft olumn plus ne Selection from ight olumn Full voltage operator comes with full voltage clips. APD-6 APD-99 APN6N-k. In place of k, specify the ens olor ode.. ED and incandescent lenses differ in shade only. Some colors have only one shade. Incandescent Voltage 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A 4V A 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A. In place of k, specify the ED color code.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. STD-6k STD-k STD-k STD-Hk STD-M4k IS-6 IS- IS-4 - Full Voltage lips Primary Voltage (5/6Hz) equired for all full voltage models. Two pieces each. Transformers ED Primary Voltage (5/6Hz) 6V secondary voltage (use 6V lamp). V A 4V A 48V A APD-F TWD-6 TWD-46 TWD-486 k ED/ens olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G ed Blue S White W Yellow Y Yellow lens only. Yellow ED not available, use white ED. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 669

222 ømm - TWTD Series Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) ircuit Breakers Signaling ights Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Function : Momentary Action : Maintained Action Bezel Shape Blank: ctagonal F: Full Shroud Series Designation D: TWTD Series ens Shape : Extended : Mushroom ø 4mm ated perational Voltage (Primary) Transformer Type 6: V A 46: 4V A 486: 48V A Full Voltage Type 99: Full Voltage Assembled Illuminated Pushbuttons A ( ) D 6 (D) N ( ) amp Voltage (full voltage only) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A 4V: 4V A (ED only) ens olor ode A: Amber G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow amp Type Blank: Incandescent D: ED ontact Arrangement : N : N : N-N. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.. All transformers step down to 6V. 67

223 ømm - TWTD Series Illuminated Pushbuttons Extended ens Extended ens with Full Shroud ø 4mm Mushroom ens Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) ontacts N-N N N N-N N N N-N N N N-N N N N-N N N N-N N N. In place of k, specify the ens olor ode.. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage ode (lamp voltage).. In place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage ode. 4. In place of n, specify the amp Type ode. 5. ight is independent of switch position. 6. Yellow pushbutton comes with white ED only. Momentary AD99nN-k-l AD99nN-k-l AD99nN-k-l AD m nn-k AD m nn-k AD m nn-k AFD99nN-k-l AFD99nN-k-l AFD99nN-k-l AFD m nn-k AFD m nn-k AFD m nn-k AD99nN-k-l AD99nN-k-l AD99nN-k-l AD m nn-k AD m nn-k AD m nn-k Maintained AD99nN-k-l AD99nN-k-l AD99nN-k-l AD m nn-k AD m nn-k AD m nn-k AFD99nN-k-l AFD99nN-k l AFD99nN-k-l AFD m nn-k AFD m nn-k AFD m nn-k AD99nN-k-l AD99nN-k-l AD99nN-k-l AD m nn-k AD m nn-k AD m nn-k k ens olor odes olor ode Amber Green ed Blue White Yellow A G S W Y l Full Voltage odes Voltage ode 6V A/D 6V V A/D V 4V A/D 4V V A V 4V A 4V (ED only) m Transformer Voltage odes Voltage ode VA 6 4VA 46 48VA 486 6V secondary voltage (uses 6V lamp). n amp Type odes amp ode Incandescent ED Blank D Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 67

224 ømm - TWTD Series Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) Transformer* + ontact Block + perator + amp + ens = omplete Part Signaling ights *Not required for full voltage types (full voltage types use APD-F full voltage clips). perators Momentary Maintained amps Voltage 6V A/D STD-6k ED V A/D STD-k k ED/ens olor odes olor ode Amber A Green G elays & Sockets Extended AD-6 AD-6 Extended with Full Shroud AFD-6 AFD-6 Incandescent 4V A/D V A 4V A 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A STD-k STD-Hk STD-M4k IS-6 IS- IS-4 -. In place of k, specify the ED color code.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. ed Blue White Yellow S W Y Yellow lens only. Yellow ED not available, use white ED. ontact Blocks Timers 4mm Mushroom AD-6 AD-6 N N BST- BST- enses All ontrol Units BST-S (early make) BST-S (late break) Dummy Block BST-D ontactors Extended AN6U-k. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.. ombining BST-S and BST-S result in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed, when switch is moved between two positions). Transformers Primary Voltage (5/6Hz) ø 4mm Mushroom ANU-k V A TWD-6 Terminal Blocks In place of k, specify the ens olor ode. Transformers 6V secondary voltage (use 6V lamp). 4V A 48V A TWD-46 TWD-486 Full Voltage lips ircuit Breakers Full Voltage lips ( required for each unit) equired for all full voltage models. APD-F 67

225 ømm - TWTD Series Function S: Selector Switch Series Designation D: TWTD Series Number of Positions : -Position : -Position Spring eturn Action Blank: Maintained : Spring return from ight : Spring return from eft : -Way spring return from eft and ight. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.. ustom key removal codes available. Please contact IDE for details. Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Assembled Selector Switches A S D ( ) ( ) N ( ) ircuit Number (See ircuit # column of Selector Switch ontact Arrangement hart on beginning on page 679.) ontact Arrangement ode : N : N : N : N 4: 4N 4: 4N : N-N : N-N perator ode Blank: Knob perator : ever perator K: Key perator Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 67

226 ømm - TWTD Series Non-Illuminated -Position Selector Switches ontact Mounting perator Position Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Maintained Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers N N N N N N N N N N 4 4 Knob ever Key Knob ever Key Knob ever Key Knob ever Key Knob ever Key Knob ever Key Knob ever Key ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN-6 ASDN-6 ASDKN-6 ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN-4 ASDN-4 ASDKN-4 ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN- ASDN- ASDKN- ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN-6 ASDN-6 ASDKN-6 ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN-4 ASDN-4 ASDKN-4 ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN- ASDN- ASDKN- ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN-6 ASDN-6 ASDKN-6 ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN-4 ASDN-4 ASDKN-4 ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN- ASDN- ASDKN-. The truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when the operator is switched to that position. = n (closed contacts) = ff (open contacts) = verlapping ontacts: emain on (closed contacts) when switch is moved between these two positions.. All knob and lever selector switches come in black. ther colors are available by ordering the knob or lever separately.. ustom contact arrangements available, see page 679. Non-Illuminated -Position Selector Switches perator Position Maintained Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft Spring eturn Two-Way ontact Mounting ontactors N N Knob ever Key Knob ever Key ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN ASDN ASDKN Terminal Blocks N N N N N N Knob ever Key Knob ever Key Knob ever Key ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN-9 ASDN-9 ASDKN-9 ASDN- ASDN- ASDKN- ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN-9 ASDN-9 ASDKN-9 ASDN- ASDN- ASDKN- ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN-9 ASDN-9 ASDKN-9 ASDN- ASDN- ASDKN- ASDN ASDN ASDKN ASDN-9 ASDN-9 ASDKN-9 ASDN- ASDN- ASDKN- ircuit Breakers 4N 4N 4 4 Knob ever Key Knob ever Key ASD4N ASD4N ASDK4N ASD4N ASD4N ASDK4N ASD4N ASD4N ASDK4N ASD4N ASD4N ASDK4N ASD4N ASD4N ASDK4N ASD4N ASD4N ASDK4N ASD4N ASD4N ASDK4N ASD4N ASD4N ASDK4N 674

227 ømm - TWTD Series perators Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) ontact Blocks + perator + Knob or ever* + olor Insert* = omplete Part. *Not needed with key type switches.. Knob type shown. Position Description Knob/ever Key Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left Maintained, am Maintained, am Spring return from right, am Spring return from right, am Spring return from left, am Spring return from left, am Spring return from left/right, am Spring return from left/right, am Maintained Spring return from right Spring return from left Maintained, am Maintained, am Spring return from right, am Spring return from right, am Spring return from left, am Spring return from left, am Spring return from left/right, am Spring return from left/right, am ASD ASD ASD ASD- ASD- ASD- ASD- ASD- ASD- ASD- ASD- ASDK-A ASDK- ASDK ASDK- ASDK- ASDK-- ASDK-- ASDK-- ASDK-- ASDK-- ASDK--. rder knobs, levers, color inserts separately (see below).. For key switches, keys are removable in all maintained positions. ther options available, contact IDE for details.. See page 68 perator Truth Tables for details of difference between cams. j olor odes Knob/ever olor Black Blue Green ed Yellow White ode B S G Y W. Knob/ever not available in white.. olor inserts not available in Black.. ever not available in yellow. Handles and Inserts Knob ever olor Insert. In place of j, specify the olor ode. *Not available in yellow. ontact Blocks All ontrol Units Dummy Block ASDHHY-j ASDHH-j* TW-H-j N N BST- BST-S (early make) BST-D BST- BST-S (late break). Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.. ombining BST-S and BST-S result in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed, when switch is moved between two positions). Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 675

228 ømm - TWTD Series Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Signaling ights Assembled Illuminated Selector Switches A S D () 99 D N 4 Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Function S: Illuminated Selector Switch Series Designation D: TWTD series Number of Positions : -Position : -Position Spring eturn Action Blank: Maintained : Spring return from ight : Spring return from eft : Two-Way spring return from eft and ight ated perational Voltage (Primary) Transformer Type 6: V A 46: 4V A 486: 48V A Full Voltage Type 99: Full Voltage ontact Arrangement ode : N : N 4: 4N 4: 4N : N-N : N-N amp Voltage (Full Voltage Units nly) 6V: 6V A/D V: V A/D 4V: 4V A/D V: V A 4V: 4V A (ED only) ens olor ode A: Amber G: Green : ed S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow ircuit ode Number See ircuit # column of Selector Switch ontact Arrangement harts on page 679. amp Type Blank: Incandescent amp D: ED amp Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers. ircuit Breakers 676

229 ømm - TWTD Series Illuminated -Position Selector Switches ontact N N N N N N N N Mounting 4 4 perator Position amp ircuit Type Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Maintained Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft ASD mnn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD mnn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD mnn-4-k ASD99nN-4-k-l ASD mnn-k ASD99nN-k- l ASD mnn--k ASD99nN--k-l ASD mnn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD mnn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD mnn-4-k ASD99nN-4-k-l ASD mnn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD mnn--k ASD99nN--k-l ASD mnn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD mnn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD mnn-4-k ASD99nN-4-k-l ASD mnn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD mnn--k ASD99nN--k-l k ED/ens olor odes olor Amber Green ed Blue White Yellow ode A G S W l Full Voltage odes Voltage 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A 4V A Y ode 6V V 4V V 4V (ED only) Illuminated -Position Selector Switches, Maintained and Spring eturn perator Position Maintained Spring eturn From ight Spring eturn from eft Spring eturn Two-Way amp ircuit Type ontact N N N N N N N N 4N 4N Mounting Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage Transformer Full Voltage ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD m nn-9-k ASD99nN-9-k-l ASD m nn--k ASD99nN--k-l ASD m 4nN-k ASD994nN-k-l ASD m 4nN-k ASD994nN-k-l. In place of k, specify the ens/ed olor ode, in place of l, specify the Full Voltage (lamp voltage) ode, in place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage ode and in place of n specify the amp Type ode.. The truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when the operator is switched to that position. = n (losed ontacts) = ff (pen ontacts) = verlapping ontacts: emain on (closed contacts) when switch is moved between these positions. Yellow selector switch comes with white ED. ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k- l ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD m nn-9-k ASD99nN-9-k-l ASD m nn--k ASD99nN--k-l ASD m 4nN-k ASD994nN-k-l ASD m 4nN-k ASD994nN-k-l m Transformer Voltage odes Voltage ode VA 4VA 48VA Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp). ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD m nn-9-k ASD99nN-9-k-l ASD m nn--k ASD99nN--k-l ASD m 4nN-k ASD994nN-k-l ASD m 4nN-k ASD994nN-k-l ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD m nn-k ASD99nN-k-l ASD m nn-9-k ASD99nN-9-k-l ASD m nn--k ASD99nN--k-l ASD m 4nN-k ASD994nN-k-l ASD m 4nN-k ASD994nN-k-l n amp Type odes amp ode Incandescent ED Blank D ight is independent of switch position. Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 677

230 ømm - TWTD Series Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) Transformer* + ontact Block + perator + amp + ens = omplete Part *Not required for full voltage units (use APD-F full voltage clips instead). Signaling ights elays & Sockets perators Position Description perator Maintained ASD Maintained, am Maintained, am Spring return from right Spring return from left Spring return from right, am Spring return from right, am Spring return from left, am Spring return from left, am Spring return from left/right, am Spring return from left/right, am ASD- ASD- ASD ASD ASD- ASD- ASD- ASD- ASD- ASD- ontact Blocks All ontrol Units Dummy Block N N BST- BST-S (early make) BST-D BST- BST-S (late break). Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.. ombining BST-S and BST-S result in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed, when switch is moved between two positions). Full Voltage lips Timers enses Full Voltage lips ( required for each unit) APD-F equired for all full voltage models. Knob ASNHU-j Transformers ontactors amps Voltage 6V A/D STD-6k ED V A/D STD-k Transformers Primary Voltage (5/6Hz) V A 4V A TWD-6 TWD-46 Terminal Blocks Incandescent 4V A/D V A 4V A 6V A/D V A/D 4V A/D V A STD-k STD-Hk STD-M4k IS-6 IS- IS-4-6V secondary voltage. k ED/ens olor odes olor ode olor ode Amber A Blue S 48V A TWD-486. In place of k, specify the ED color code.. The ED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode. Green G White W ed Yellow Y ircuit Breakers Yellow lens only. Yellow ED not available, use white ED

231 ømm - TWTD Series How to ead ontact Arrangement harts ontact Arrangement harts To determine contact block mounting position, first make sure the selector switch is oriented as shown on the right ontact Arrangement Type and quantity of switch contacts Mounting Position ircuit Number * N/D = No designation ontact Arrangement hart: -Position Selector Switches perator Position ontact N ircuit Number N/D N 6 N N N-EM N-B N N/D 6 6 N/D N 4 N N 4N N/D N/D ontact Block ontact Block Mounting Position Position or mounting contact blocks on operator Description BST- Knob/ever Key BST-D Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever Key BST-D Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever Key BST- Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever Key BST- Illuminated Knob BST-S Knob/ever Key BST-S Illuminated Knob BST-S Knob/ever Key BST-S Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever Key BST- Illuminated Knob BST- BST- Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever BST- Key BST- 4 BST- Illuminated Knob BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob perator Position Truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when operator is switched to that position. = n (losed ontacts) = ff (pen ontacts) = verlapping ontacts: emain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions Maintained perator Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ASD ASDK ASD ontact Block Part number to use when ordering sub-assembly contact blocks, as required for use with corresponding mounting position Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 679

232 ømm - TWTD Series ontact Arrangement hart: -Position Selector Switches ontact ircuit Number Mounting Position perator Position ontact Block Description Maintained perator Spring eturn from ight Spring eturn from eft Two-Way ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights N N N N N N N/D 4 N/D N/D 8 9 BST- Knob/ever Key BST- Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever Key BST- Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever Key BST- Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever Key BST- Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever Key BST- Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever Key BST- Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever Key BST- Illuminated Knob BST- Knob/ever Key BST- Illuminated Knob BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD-. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a - and a - for -position selector switches. The internal cam of a - is different from that of a -. This results in designated combinations of open and closed contacts in the various operator positions.. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number.. = n (closed contacts) = ff (open contacts). verlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions. 68

233 ømm - TWTD Series ontact Arrangement hart: -Position Selector Switches ontact 4N 4N ircuit Number N/D 5 N/D 4 Mounting Position perator Position ontact Block BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- BST- BST- BST- 4 BST- Description Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Knob/ever Key Illuminated Knob Maintained ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- perator Spring eturn from ight ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- Spring eturn from eft ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- Two-Way ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD-. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a - and a - for -position selector switches. The internal cam of a - is different from that of a -. This results in designated combinations of open and closed contacts in the various operator positions.. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number.. = n (closed contacts) = ff (open contacts). verlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions. perator Truth Tables Use the following tables to build custom selector switches. Position Selector Switches ASD ontact BST- (N) BST- (N) BST-S (N-EM) BST-S (N-B) Position Push/Pull Switches AYD ontact Mounting Position perator Position eft ight perator Position Pull Normal Push BST- (N) BST- (N) BST-S (N-EM) BST-S (N-B) Position Selector Switches ASD- ASD- ASDK- ASD- ASD- ASDK- ontact BST- (N) BST- (N) BST-S (N-EM) BST-S (N-B) ontact BST- (N) BST- (N) BST-S (N-EM) BST-S (N-B) Mounting perator Position Position eft enter ight Mounting perator Position Position eft enter ight Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 68

234 ømm - TWTD Series Accessories TWTD Series TWTD Series Accessories Item Appearance Description/Usage amp emoval Tool ubber tool used to install or remove ED s and incandescent lamps -55 Standard octagonal units (chrome-pl.). G-8 Signaling ights Metal Bezel eplacement locking ring/ bezel Extended, non-illuminated (chrome-pl.). Extended, illuminated (chrome-pl.). Jumbo Mushroom Shallow Shroud G-8 G-8 ABN4G Jumbo Mushroom Deep Shroud ABN4F elays & Sockets Plastic Bezel Black plastic locking ring/bezel GPB Boot/over Used to cover and protect pushbuttons In place of j, specify Neoprene ubber Boot color: B (black), G (green), (red), Y (yellow) Flush units (clear plastic -4 to +6 ). Extended units (clear plastic -4 to +6 ). - j - - Plastic washer For nameplates or panels that should not be scratched. G-DT Timers Anti-otation ing Thrust washer/anti-rotation ring for use with notched panel cutout. G-DS Plastic with locking nut attached. BP- Mounting Hole Plug Plugs used to fill unused mm panel cutouts. Metal with locking nut attached Grey rubber (-5 to +6 ) B- B- ontactors Terminal Tab Adaptor Tab #5 7/64 x /64 (6.5mm x.8mm): Single tab TW-FA Full Voltage Adaptor Used on all full voltage illuminated units. Two required per unit. (M.5 screw and saddle) APD-F Terminal Blocks ock ut Adaptor Used to provide lockout protection for TWTD pushbuttons and knob selectors. ø -/64 (mm) -K eplacement Keys Pair of keys (#) TW-SK ircuit Breakers 68

235 ømm - TWTD Series Fingersafe overs for TWTD Series Dimensions on page 687. Item Description Used with Fingersafe terminal cover, for full voltage pilot lights, adds mm to overall depth Fingersafe terminal cover, for contact blocks, adds mm to overall depth APD99... full voltage pilot lights Non-Illuminated pushbuttons ABD..., and AD... APD-PV Fingersafe terminal cover, adds.5mm to overall depth Transformer pilot lights and illuminated units N-V Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 4 mm to depth Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons N-V4 N-V Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 68

236 ømm - TWTD Series Faceplates Nameplates TWTD Series NAD NAKD NAQD HNAV.95" (5mm).56" (4mm)." (5mm) ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Dimensions Description Nameplate (blank) Nameplate (engraved) Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers.85" (47.5mm) NAD-B (black) NAD- (red) Ø.9" (.5mm).4" (57.5mm) NAKD-B (black) NAKD- (red) Ø.9" (.5mm).95" (5mm) NAQD-B (black) NAQD- (red) Ø.9" (.5mm) 5mm ø6mm HNAV-.5mm NAD-j NAKD-j NAQD-j HNAV-7 Emergency Stop. Nameplates are made of. aluminum. ettering is white letters engraved on black background.. In place of j, insert either the standard legend code from table below or custom engraving delimited by.. HNAV available in yellow only. Standard egend odes Pushbuttons Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Selector Switches egend ode egend ode egend ode egend ode egend ode AUT SE DWN EMEG.STP* FAST FWAD HAND HIGH IN INH JG W WE FF N PEN UT AISE ESET EVESE UN SW STAT STP* STP TEST UP I (Int l n) (Int l ff) EM AUT-MAN SE-PEN DWN-UP FAST-SW F-EV HAND-AUT HIGH-W JG-UN EFT-IGHT WE-AISE MAN-AUT FF-N N-FF PEN-SE AISE-WE EV-F UN-JG UN-SAFE SAFE-UN SW-FAST STAT-STP STP-STAT UP-DWN AUT-MAN-FF AUT-FF-MAN SE-FF-PEN DWN-FF-SW FAST-FF-SW F-FF-EV EFT-FF-IGHT WE-FF-AISE FF-MAN-AUT FF-SW-FAST FF-- PEN-FF-SE SW-FF-FAST SUMME-FF-WINTE UP-FF-DWN -FF- HAND-FF-AUT *Available in ed as standard legend code 4 and 4. To order engraved nameplate and codes, add legend code to nameplate part number. haracter height based on the number of characters, space and size of nameplate. Standard character size is /6.. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates. Special engravings, additional cost. To specify engraving instructions, use the Nameplate order form on next page

237 ømm - TWTD Series ustom engraved Nameplates rder Form TWTD Series opy this order form and use it to specify etter Height, ustom Engravings, ocation of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDE representative. or Distributor. Your ompany Name: Your Name: Telephone: Fax & NAD Nameplate Engraving ocation NAKD Nameplate Engraving ocation NAQD Nameplate Step. Specify Quantity. Engraving ocation Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Qty Step. hoose etter Size - 7/64 or /8. heck the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: /8 size letters cannot exceed characters. Step. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Qty Step. hoose etter Size - 7/64 or /8. heck the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: /8 size letters cannot exceed 9 characters. Step. Specify Quantity. Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right. Qty Step. hoose etter Size - 7/64 or /8. heck the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: /8 size letters cannot exceed 6 characters. IDE ep/distributor ontact: P number (if known): IDE ep/distributor Phone: IDE ep/distributor Fax & Sample etter Sizes 7/64 etters: /8 etters: 7/64 etter Size /8 etter Size characters max (for 7/64 size letters) 9 characters max (for /8 size letters) /64 etter Size /8 etter Size Sample etter Sizes /8 etters: characters max (for 7/64 size letters) 6 characters max (for /8 size letters) Sample etter Sizes / etters: /8 etters: Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 685

238 ømm - TWTD Series Switch Engraving rder Form TWTD Series opy this order form and use it to specify etter Height, Maximum Number of ines and Text to be engraved. To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDE representative or Distributor. Your ompany: Telephone: Name: Fax: Address: Signaling ights P: Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options: Square Switch 65mm Jumbo Mushroom to be Engraved: ø9mm, ø4mm Mushroom Head Engraving Engraving Area elays & Sockets # of ines etter Height Max. haracters Per ine # of ines etter Height Max. haracters Per ine # of ines Area etter Height Max. haracters Per ine 5/ 7 /4 4 5/ 5 Engraving Area /8 8 5/6 5 /8 5 Timers 5/ 7 5/6 5 5/ 7 Engraving Area /8 8 /4 6 /8 7 /8 8 5/ 8 ontactors 4 ustom* *Engraving is possible, but character size will be smaller than standard sizes. # of ines etter Height ound Switch Max. haracters Per ine 5/ 8 /8 9 4 /8 9. Above mentioned specifications hold true for standard size pushbuttons (round and square).. Engraving Area can be engraved for 4mm mushroom head non-illuminated pushbutton only.. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-illuminated push buttons and on marking plate for illuminated push buttons and pilot lights. 4. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters. Terminal Blocks 5/ 7 /8 8 5/ 7 /8 8 /8 8 Enter text to be engraved: ine : ine : ine : ine 4: Sample etter Sizes /8 etters: 5/ etters: All engraving is 5/8mm wide. 4 ustom* ircuit Breakers *Engraving is possible, but character size will be smaller than standard sizes. For IDE Internal Use nly: Work rder #: 686

239 ømm - TWTD Series Pushbutton M.5 Terminal Screw ( or blocks) 76 ( or 4 blocks) 9 Panel Thickness.8 to 7.5 ø5 ø5 4.5 Mushroom Pushbutton w/full Shroud M.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness.8 to 7.5 ø ( or blocks) 76 ( or 4 blocks) Illuminated Pushbuttons w/transformer M.5 Terminal Screw Illuminated Pushbuttons Flush w/full Shroud Extended w/full Shroud ø.56 (4mm) Mushroom Pushlock Turn eset, Push-Pull 4 ø4 ø4 M Terminal Screw 97.5 ( blocks).5 (4 blocks) Dimension A.975 (5mm).995 (5.5mm).74 (9mm).76 (9.5mm) *.975 (5mm) **.975 (5mm) *Dimension when operator is in reset position. **Dimension when operator is in pull position. 9 A Panel Thickness.8 to 7.5 B ø5 Dimension B 4 ø.96 (4mm) ø.96 (4mm) ø.96 (4mm) ø.96 (4mm) ø.56 (4mm) ø.56 (4mm) Dimensions (mm) ø4 Pushbuttons Dimension A Dimension B Flush Extended Extended w/full Shroud Mushroom Mushroom w/full Shroud Jumbo Mushroom ø.56 (4mm) Mushroom, Pushlock Turn eset and Push-Pull ø.56 (4mm) Full Voltage.5 (9mm).566 (4.5mm).66 (7mm).858 (mm).96 (4mm). (9mm) *.975 (5mm) **.975 (5mm) *Dimension when operator is in reset position. **Dimension when operator is in pull position. Selector Switches Knob ever Key Panel Thickness.8 to 7.5 M.5 Terminal Screw ( or blocks) 76 (4 blocks) Illuminated Knob M.5 Terminal Screws 5.5 M Terminal Screw 6 ( blocks) A: 86 (4 blocks) B: 97.5 ( blocks),.5 (4 blocks) ø Panel Thickness.8 to 7.5 (including nameplate) 9 8 ø5 ø5 45 ø ø4 Panel Thickness.8 to 7.5 M.5 Terminal Screw ( or blocks) 76 (4 blocks).5 ø ø4 5.5 M.5 Terminal Screw M Terminal Screw 6 ( blocks) 86 (4 blocks) Pilot ights M.5 Terminal Screw M.5 Terminal Screw 9 4 A:9.5 9 B:64.5 Panel Thickness.8 to 7.5 M.5 Terminal Screw ( or blocks) 76 (4 blocks) ø.975 (5mm) ø.975 (5mm) ø. (8.5mm) ø.56 (4mm) ø.87 (48mm) ø.54 (65mm) ø.56 (4mm) ø.56 (4mm) Panel Thickness.8 to 7.5 ø4 ø5 ø5 ø5 4 4 ø4 Panel Thickness:.8 to 7.5 mm ø ø4 ø4 Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 687

240 .5.5 ømm - TWTD Series Selector Switches Panel ut-ut Ø.95" (5mm) Ø." (.5mm).64" (4mm). *Jumbo Mushroom <.6 (66mm). Minimum mounting centers are applicable to switches with one stack of contact blocks. When mounting two stacks of contact blocks, minimum centers should allow for access to wiring.. The ø.95 (ø 5mm) recess is necessary when either the nameplate or anti-rotation ring is used. Signaling ights >.95" (5mm)* IlluminatedSelector Switches -K ock-ut Adaptor - Pushbutton lear Boot G- Anti-otation ing B- Mounting Hole ubber Plug elays & Sockets 7 ø5 8.5 Panel Thickness.8 to. ø. Key Hole ø Waterproof ubber Gasket.5t Timers ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors ø.6 8 (-) (-). ø ø7.4.8 ø9 ø5 Finger-Safe over N-V N-V N-V4 APD-PV 688

241 ømm - TWTD Series Adjustment for Panel Thickness Each unit is shipped with several waterproof gaskets which are.6 (.5mm) and. (mm) thick. ombine the gaskets for a dimension approximately equal to panel thickness and install between the bezel and the body of the unit. A trim washer must be used with a thrust washer or a nameplate to prevent the control unit from rotating in the mounting hole. When using anti-rotation rings (trim washer with thrust washer or nameplate), install as shown below. Selector Switches The operator shaft of each unit has a recess to identify in which direction to install the handle. Align the handle with the recess. Press color insert (TW-H) into the Standard perating Positions. Standard peration Positions -Position, 9 -Position, 45 Non-Illuminated -Position perators Installation of TWTD Series Units TWTD Pilot ights TWTD Illuminated Pushbuttons TWTD Selector Switches (Transformer or Full Voltage) Terminal = Positive Terminal = Negative perating Instructions Installation of ED Illuminated Units Transformer units are recommended for use in areas subjected to inductive noise. When using full voltage types, install a protection diode as shown below. Use diode with D power supply to protect against surges and noise. Make sure that ED illuminated units are installed with correct polarity, as indicated at the terminals. Application Example For Push-To-Test Pilot ight A typical application of illuminated pushbuttons is a push-to-test pilot light which can be used to check the lamp/ed circuit. Transformer/A-Adapter ircuit Full Voltage ircuit Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 689

242 ømm - S Series Signaling ights Key features: Wide variety of heavy-duty oiltight cam switches perators available up to positions Switches made with a double circuit contact block ontact blocks rated 6V, A Ideal for ammeter/voltmeter applications Built to order not available in subcomponents U listed and SA certified Type 4, U isted File No. E6896 S Series Heavy Duty am Switches SA ertified File No elays & Sockets ontact atings ated Thermal urrent A A Break urrent V/5A 4V/A 48V/A 6V/A esistive Break urrent 4V/8A V/8A V/A 44V/.45A D Break urrent 4V/5A V/.A V/.45A 44V/.A Inductive Make urrent (A) ated amperage x. Electrical ife 5, operations minimum (at full rated load) Mechanical ife 5,, (at no load) S Series perator Timers Series am Angle Position Maximum ontacts To Be Mounted Handle s º Up to ASN 45º Up to 8 6º Up to 6 to decks; Up to contacts YB, SB, PB, FB 9º Up to 4 ontactors ASNK º Up to 45º Up to 8 6º Up to 6 to decks; Up to contacts HB or standard key 9º Up to 4 º Up to Terminal Blocks USQ 45º Up to 8 6º Up to 6 9º Up to 4 to decks; Up to contacts YB, SB, PB, FB ircuit Breakers USQM 45º Spring return nly. Do not use spring return (S) for more than six contacts.. Two identical keys come with ASNK unit. Specify H for handle key option.. For handle styles, see page 695. to decks; Up to 6 contacts YB, SB, PB, FB 69

243 ømm - S Series Series ASN = Standard am Switch (mm) ASNK = Key am Switch (mm) USQ = am Switch (5 hole mounting) USQM = Position Spring eturn am Switch (5 hole mounting) Number of evels (Decks) through Note: ne level contains two independent contacts.* Number of Positions through Angle = ( position max) 4 = 45 (8 position max) 6 = 6 (6 position max) 9 = 9 (4 position max) Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) Assembled Illuminated Selector Switches ASN 6 6 ( ) SB. *ontact blocks may contain two independent contacts, (a four position switch with four independent contacts only requires two contact blocks).. *aution: switches with 8 or more of rotation may require separate blocks for each contact due to cam overlapping.. Key retainable in every 45º position (45, 9, 8, 5, 7, 5, 6). ontact Arrangement. For standard contact arrangements, use designations on page 64.. For custom contact arrangements, omit contact arrangement designation and complete the blank order form on page 694. Handle YB = Knob, Small SB = ever, Small PB = ever, arge FB = Knob, arge HB = Handle Key (ASNK only) Blank = Standard Key (ASNK only) Spring eturn Action Blank: Maintained = Spring return from left (, or 4position, 45 only) = Spring return from right (, or 4 position, 45 only) = eturn from right and left ( pos, 45 only) Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 69

244 ømm - S Series Standard Arrangements ontact Arrangements Terminal Numbers 4 Position Numbers Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers -4-4 ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 69

245 ømm - S Series ontact Arrangements continued Ammeter Switching S S T S T T E Voltmeter Switching - -8 S S T E PT ø-4w -9-7 S S T E PT ø-4w A V V S S T S T A T E S S T S T A T E S S T S ST T PT V Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 69

246 ømm - S Series ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks ontactors Timers elays & Sockets Signaling ights Series ASN ASNK USQ USQM *Note: ne Deck can drive two independent contacts. Number of Positions *Number of Decks Specify Qty =,,, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or Unit Angle Positions only 9,,, ASN or 45 only 7 or 8 ASNK* USQ, 45 or 6 5 or 6, 45, 6, 9,, or 4 USQM 45 only only * ASNK keys only remove at 45. ontact Arrangement Table ams Deck Deck Deck Deck 4 Deck 5 Deck 6 Deck 7 Deck 8 Deck 9 Deck Terminal Numbers and and 4 5 and 6 7 and 8 9 and and and 4 5 and 6 7 and 8 9 and and and 4 5 and 6 7 and 8 9 and and and 4 5 and 6 7 and 8 9 and 4 rder Form (ustom ontact Arrangement) Angle = º 4 = 45º 6 = 6º 9 = 9º ( ) Spring eturn Blank = Maintained = Spring return from left ( or 4 position, 45º) = Spring return from right ( or 4 position, 45º) = eturn from right and left ( position, 45º) Handle USQM is available in spring-return version only. ASN, USQ, USQM: YB = Knob, Small SB = ever, Small PB = ever, arge FB = Knob, arge ASNK: HB = Handle Key (option) Blank = Standard Key For handle styles, see page 695. Position To specify non-standard arrangements (designation not on preceding pages), fill in this table using the following symbols. = losed contact (break before make) = pen contact = verlapping contact (remain on when switch is moved between two positions) Specifying Nameplate (ptional) º 45º º º 4 4 Specifying egends Position If no engraving information is provided, a blank nameplate will be supplied

247 ømm - S Series eplacement Handles Accessories S Series SH-YB SH-SB SH-PB SH-FB SH-HB Dimensions.79 D x.6 H.79 D x.97 H.58 D x.97 H.58 D x Ø D x.8 H Applicable Models ASN, USQ, USQM ASNK eplacement Nameplates Size & Shape q.5 (64mm) Black Aluminum Q QM QN Applicable Models USQ USQM ASN, ASNK. Extra cost for engraving, /6 min. letter height, egends maximum ten characters.. Blank nameplates are supplied with all cam switches (they need not be ordered separately). Wiring lips J- J- eplacement Keys K ontact Block Jumpers Between decks Same deck Description Pair of keys (#) Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 695

248 ømm - S Series ASN M.5 Terminal Screw 5 Dimensions/Terminal Arrangements/Mounting Holes Panel Thickness.8 to 6 5 (S Handle) 5 Terminal Arrangement 9 47 N+9 *.7 47 Signaling ights ASNK * Spring eturn: 44 Maintained: 4 N: Number of ontact Blocks M.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness.8 to elays & Sockets USQ 47 N+9 * 5 47 * Spring eturn: 44 Maintained: 4 N: Number of ontact Blocks 46.4 Panel Thickness 7. max. 4-M4 Screw Mounting Holes.8 max ircuit Breakers Terminal Blocks 5 4 (Y Handle) Timers ontactors M.5 Terminal Screw N+9 * 7 5 * Spring eturn: Maintained: 9 N: Number of ontact Blocks ø.5 (ASN/ASNK) USQM 46.4 Panel Thickness 7. max. 4-M4 Screw USQ USQM 4-ø4.5 M.5 Terminal Screw 5 9 N+9 5 (P Handle) ø N: Number of ontact Blocks 696

249 ømm - AN Series AN Series Mono-ever Switches Key features: Mono-ever Switches Ø -/64 (mm) ontact Blocks ated for 6V, A Available in,, and 4 positions. Maintained and spring-return modes available. Models available with interlock mechanism to prevent inadvertent actuation. U isted File No. E6896 Specifications perating Temperature Insulation esistance ontact ating ated Voltage: urrent Insulation Voltage ated Thermal urrent Electrical ife ing Guide (Assembled) j SA ertified File No to 5 (without freezing) MΩ VD: A 4V A/D: A VA: A 4VA: 6A 48VA: A 6VA: A 6V A/D A ver 5, operations AN 4... k Number of ontact Blocks l ever Action m ontact Arrangement Description ode emarks Standard ever AN j Short ever ANS Interlocking lever prevents inadvertent operation. Interlocking ever AN k No. of ontact Blocks 4 Each contact block contains two independent contacts. Blocked l ever Action Maintained Specify in this order: Up.ight.Down.eft Spring eturn No contacts N contact Specify the number of contacts to be activated in all active (non-blocked) positions: m ontact Arrangement N contact Up.ight.Down.eft N and N contact For blocked positions use code: N contacts Signaling ights elays & Sockets Timers ontactors Terminal Blocks ircuit Breakers 8-6-IDE (4) USA & anada 697